HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 4694 - Contract - Williams & Peters Inc - 1995 Street Maintenance Program - 01/12/1995Resolution No. 4694
January 12, 1995
Item #21
RESOLUTION
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and directed to
execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock a Contract and all related documents by and
between the City of Lubbock and Williams & Peters Construction of Lubbock to furnish and
install all materials as bid for the 1995 Street Maintenance Program, which contract is attached
hereto, which shall be spread upon the minutes of the Council and as spread upon the minutes of
this Council shall constitute and be a part of this Resolution as if fully copied herein in detail.
Passed by the City Council this 12th day of January 1995.
ATTEST:
Betty fns n, Secretary
APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:
Victor KilmanV Purchasing Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
F�T-C.Ross, Jr., City Attorney
DGV:dp\G,Accdocs\Street.Res
January 4, 1995
CITY OF LUBBOCK
SPECIFICATIONS FOR
1995 STREET MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
BID #13116
H
x
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Lubbock, Texas
a
b;
CITY OF LUBBOCK
REQUEST FOR BIDS
FOR
T=: 1995 STREET MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
BID NUMBER 13116
PROJECT NUMBER: 4531.8260
CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
F
r"
1
I
INDEX
1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS
2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3. BID PROPOSAL - BID FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACTS
4. PAYMENT BOND
S. PERFORMANCE BOND
6. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
7. CONTRACT
8. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
9. CURRENT WAGE DETERMENATIONS
10. SPECIFICATIONS
11. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
12. NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE
r.R
oft
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
BID #13116
Sealed bids addressed to Ron shufield, Senior Buyer, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received at the office of the Purchasing
Manager, Municipal Bldg., 1625 13th St., Room L-04, Lubbock, texas, 79401, until 2:00 o'clock n.m on the 20th day of
December, 1994, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform
all work for the construction of the following described project.
1995 STREET MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened by the Buyer at his office and
publicly read aloud.
It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to insure that his bid is actually in the office of Purchasing Manager for the City of
Lubbock, prior to the expiration of the date above first written.
The City of Lubbock will consider the bids on the 12th day of January,1995, at the Municipal Building, 162513th Street,
Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any
formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond and payment bond in accordance with Article
5160, Vemon's Ann. Civil St., in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds
$25,000.00. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best )tine of B or superior, as the rating of the
bond company is a factor that will be considered in determination of the lowest responsible bidder. If the contract price does not
exceed $25,000.00 the said statutory bonds will not be required.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check
issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a proposal bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to
the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder
will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 days after notice of award of the contract to him.
It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions
under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and
considered in the preparation of the bid submitted.
The plans, specifications, proposal forms and contract documents may be examined at the office of the Purchasing Manager
for the City of Lubbock, Lubbock, Texas.
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the
contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to
in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to provision of Article 5159a, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the
requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as
heretofore established by owner in said wage scale.
The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement,
minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will
not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sear, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award. .—
There will be a pre-bid conference on _8th day of December,1994, at 10:00 o'clock am.,in the Personnel Conference
Room, 108., Lubbock, Texas.
The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre-bid meetings and bid
openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in a more accessible
format or if you require assistance, please contact the Purchasing Department at (806),767-2167 (Monday-Friday, 8:00 - 5:00 p.m.)
or 1625 13th Street Room L-04 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting.
CrIXPF L ULIBPOCK
RON tS&4
SENIORBUYER
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
BID # 13116
Sealed bids addressed to Ron Shuffield, Senior Buyer, Purchasing Department, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received at
the Purchasing Office, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401 until 2:00 o'clock p.m. on the
20th day of December. 1994, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials
and perform all work for the construction of the following described project:
1995 STREET MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the Buyer and
publicly read aloud.
The plans, specifications, bid forms and contract documents may be examined at the office of the Purchasing Manager for
the City of Lubbock, Texas.
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the Schedule of General Prevailing Rate of Per Diem Wages included in the
contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, Texas. Each bidders attention is further
directed to the provisions of Article 5159a, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the requirements contained therein concerning such wage
scales and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by the City of Lubbock.
The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement,
minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will
not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award.
There will be a prebid conference on the 8th day of December. 1994, at 10:00 a.m., in the Personnel Conference Room
108, Lubbock, Texas.
The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre-bid meetings and bid
openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in a more accessible
format or if you require assistance, please contact the Purchasing Department at (806) 767-2167 (Monday Friday, 8:00 - 5:00 p.m.)
or 1625 13th Street, Room L-04 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting.
r"ll
7
4ow
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. SCOPE OF WORK
The contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment and all materials necessary to complete this
project in accordance with contract documents for the 1995 STREET MAINTENANCE: PROGRAM.
2. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
.. All work covered by this contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions.
All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction
of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents.
11, 3. PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS
soft It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the
contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge of
forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders.
4. TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION
The construction covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within 90 (Ninety) consecutive calendar days
from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder.
(A) The patching, with locations and materials as designated by thecity's representative, may begin as soon as the
Contractor receives the Notice to Proceed.
(B) The sealing and two -course application shall not begin until June 1, 1995, and shall be completed by September 1,
1995. All sealing and two -course application shall cease on September 1, 1995. All remaining streets or
designated areas not completed shall be carried -over and completed after June 1, 1996, at the original bid price.
The contractor shall pay to the owner $200.00 per day for each calendar day after September 1, 1995, until
acceptance of the project as liquuidated damages. No credit will be given for bad weather days or other delays
occuring before September 1, 1995. Any additional base failures, those ina ddition to the areas orginally marked
and measured by the Owners's Representative, that appear after September 1, 1995, and before the sealing and
two -course is applied in 1996, shall be the responsiblity of the Contractor. The Contractor shall make a prompt
and diligent effort to repair thses failures, and shall bear all expense related of the repair of these additional
failures. The contractor shall submit, within two weeks after the award of the contract, a progress schedule of the
work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event it is deteremined by the City that the progress of the
work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such
action as the City deems necessary to insure completion of the project within the time specified.
The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City
reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract
documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the
progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take
such action as the City deems necessary to insure completion of the project within the time specified.
PAYMENT
All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract
documents.
6. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID
The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an
ro affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by
I
the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been
notified.
7. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be
furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor
of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until incorporated into the
project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full
responsibility of complying with this provision The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract
documents provide minimum standards of quality which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project.8.
GUARANTEES
All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all constriction shall be guaranteed against defective materials
and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which
shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature
whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work
as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock).
9. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR
The contractor will be furnished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use during
construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The
Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for
proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor.
10. PROTECTION OF THE WORK
The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies,
machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the _
work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its
certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract
has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information:
(a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the proposed
contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed
(b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder.
(c) Equipment schedule.
11. TEXAS STATE SALES TAX
This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04
Of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act.
The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be
incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase.
12. PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to
exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground
structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these _
contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines
and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities
aforementioned All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work _
contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas,
at Contractor's expense.
13. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES
The contractor shall, at his own expense, fiunish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall take
such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The
Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and
when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost
and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date
of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project.
14. EXPLOSIVES
The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City.
In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for
all damage which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are
authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall
further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of
construction activity.
N Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor.
In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be
E! the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the
site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable
the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however,
! shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations.
1" CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
The successfiil bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in
progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number
C" where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress.
16. INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General
Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory
to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will
be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the
insurer waiving the right to subrogation.
The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured and shall further state that all
subcontractors are named as additional insureds, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from the
Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted.
17. LABOR AND WORKING HOURS
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these
rrcontract documents. The wage rate which must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of
general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned The bidders' attention is further directed to the
requirements of Article 5159a, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes providing for the payment of the wage schedules above
mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem
wages in these contract documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be
applicable. Construction work under this contract requiring an inspector will not be performed on weekends or holidays
unless the following conditions exist:
C
(1) The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its
citizens.
(2) Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the
penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract
within the allotted time.
Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays, the Contractor must notify the
Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and
obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow
construction work requiring an inspector on weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative.
In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract
which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day
of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life.
18. PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS
The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this
contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than
once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the site of the work shall not later than the
seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible
copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his classification, the number of hours worked on each
day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates
or deductions (except as shown) have been made, or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. The
Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate
of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents.
The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, ten dollars for each
laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is
paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per
diem wages included in these contract documents.
19. PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATOR CLAUSES
Proposals submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or
decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the bidder
without being considered.
20. PREPARATION FOR PROPOSAL
The bidder shall submit his proposal on forms furnished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in
and the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he proposes to do the work contemplated or
furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of
discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written m figures, the price written in words shall govern. If
the proposal is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. N a proposal is
submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the proposal
signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the proposal is submitted by a
company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the proposal signed by an
official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign proposals must be properly
certified and must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. The proposal shall be executed in ink.
Each proposal shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the
outside of the envelope in the following manner:
(a) Bidder's name
(b) Proposal for (description of the project).
t,
r
21.
22.
23
F.
Bid proposals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of the bids, but no proposal
may be withdrawn or altered thereafter.
BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the following:
(a) Notice to Bidders.
(b) General Instructions to Bidders.
(c) Bidder's Proposal.
(d) Statutory Bond (if required).
(e) Contract Agreement.
(f) General Conditions.
(g) Special Conditions (if any).
(h) Specifications.
(i) Insurance Certificates.
0) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by
reference into the aforementioned contract documents.
WORKING HOURS
Construction work under this contract requiring an inspector will not be prformed on weekends or holidays unless the
following conditions exist.
(1) The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its
citizens.
(2) Delays in cosntruciton are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the
penalty provisions of the contract and the Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the
contract within the allotted time.
Before construciton work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays the contractor msut
notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires
to do the work and obtain written permission to do the wrok and obtain written permission from the Owner's
Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construciton work requiring and inspector
on weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative. In any event, if a condition should occur or
arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract which hazardous or dangerous to
property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work regardless of the day of the wee or the time of
the day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life.
No work will be allowed from November 1st through January 2nd unless approved by the Engineer.
SUBCONTRACTOR
The contractor may utilize the services of specialty subcontractors on those parts of the work which, under normal
contracting practices, are performed by specialty subcontractors.
The contractor shall not award any work to any subcontractor without prior written approval of the Owner, which approval
will not be given until the Contractor submits to the owner a written statement concerning the proposed award to the
subcontractor, which statement shall contain such information as the Owner may require.
The Contractor shall be as fully responsible to the owner for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors, and of persons
either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directlyemployed by him. The
Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the work to bind subcontractors to
the Contractor by the terms of the General Conditions and other contract documents insofar as applicable to the work of
subcontractors and to give the Contractor the same power as regards terminating any subcontract that the Owner may
exercise over the Contractor under any provision of the contract documents.
Nothing contained in this contract shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner and said
subcontractor will look exclusively to the Contractor for any payments due the subcontractor. The Contractor is required to
list the subcontractors to be utilized on the work on the forms included in thses documents. This form shall be completed
and submitted with the Bidder's Proposal. -'
BID PROPOSAL
I
.M
BIDPROPOSALS
BID FOR UNIT PRICE
PLACE: _ U ►� �[ TX
DATE:
PROJECT NUMBER: #13116 -1995 STREET MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
Proposal of UJ I LLI N rA1 LPEMIS CO ERIX111 II) C -Q -r-n) C _ (hereinafter called Bidder)
To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Gentlemen:
The bidder, in compliance with your invitation for bids for the sealing and two -course asphalt surface on existing streets,
having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instruciton to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents
and the site of the proposed work, and bing familiar with all of the ocnditions surrounding the construciton of the proposed project
including the availability of materials and labor, hereby proposes to furnsih all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the
project doucmcnts, within the time set forth therein and at the prices stated in Exhibit "A".
The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his proposal to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the
accompanying forms, for performing nd completing the said work within the time stated nd for the prices stated in Exhibit "A" on
this proposal.
After the contract is awarded, the bidder will furnsih the Street Superintendent, within two weeks, a list of the above uints
as to the starting and completion date on each unit listed in the contract. The Superintendent will set certain priorities on the order
of the streets to be reconstructed.
Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to
Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 90(Ninety) consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the
specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of
$200.00 (TWO HUNDRED DOLLARS) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth hereinabove for
completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents.
a
Bidder understands and agrees that this bid proposal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction
number 20 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the bidding.
The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the
scheduled closing time for receiving bids.
r
The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans,
specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or
before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in
the contract documents.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified
check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a proposal bond from a reliable surety company, payable without
recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (S% ) of the total amount of the bid submitted as
a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 days after notice of award of
the contract to him.
Enclosed with this proposal is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for -----
Dollars (S --- ) or a Proposal Bond in the sum of S 9n Dollars
which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the proposal is accepted by the
Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within
ten (10) days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said proposal; otherwise, said check or bond shall be
returned to the undersigned upon demand.
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents
made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
\tq%LLj#\M5 - PETE KS CQN57j CTID0 CD.,']
Contractor
pp
BY.•
. o - TOX 39 D Z L u AeNk,-Z 7R4
(Seal if Bidder is a Corporation)
r
r
PW
I
r
r
I
EXHIBIT A, PAGE 1
BID PROPOSAL
BID OF UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS
1995 Maintenance Program
Item Quantities Description of Item Total
No. & Units & Unit Price Amount
----------------------------------------------------------------------
1.
(a) 217,191.0 GALS. AC -5 polymerized asphalt +3°s
latex by volume (2t by weight);
for course #1, MATERIALS ONLY;
per gallon;
0,
� DOLLARS (s .70
D )
CENTS
(b) 217,191.0 GALS. Application of Item 1(a),
including all items such as
labor, equipment, preparation
of existing surface, etc.;
per gallon;
'I- DOLLARS (s . Z 7 )
;Cie( CENTS
(c) 217,191.0 GALS. Total in-place cost for Items
1(a) and 1 (b); per gallon;
DOLLARS ($ , q 7 ¢ )
,,X_CENTS
(a) 275,109.0 GALS. AC -5 polymerized asphalt +30
latex by volume (2% by weight0);
for course #2, MATERIALS ONLY;
per gallon;
DOLLARS ($ , 10 )
CENTS
(b) 275,109.0 GALS. Application of Item 2(a),
including all items such as
labor, equipment, preparation
of existing surface, etc.;
per gallon;
DOLLARS ( $ -Z 7 )
CENTS
$ 2/6675Z7
77
11
EXHIBIT A, PAGE 2
BID PROPOSAL
BID OF UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS
1995 Maintenance Program
Item Quantities Description of Item Total
No. & Units & Unit Price Amount
----------------------------------------------------------------------
2.
(c) 275,109.0 GALS. Total in-place cost for Items
2(a) and 2(b); per gallon;
0
DOLLARS
CENTS
(a) 65,178.0 GALS. AC -5 polymerized asphalt +3%
latex by volume M by weight);
for Single Course, MATERIALS
ONLY; per gallon;
/YID DOLLARS (s ..W ` }
CENTS
(b) 65,178.0 GALS. Application of Item 3(a),
including all items such as
labor, equipment, preparation
of existing surface, etc.;
per gallon;
W40 DOLLARS ($ Z )
&ZeACENTS
(c) 65,178.0 GALS. Total in-place cost for Items
3(a) and 3(b); per gallon;
/f? -O DOLLARS ( $ )
CENTS $ 2. 1 G
EXHIBIT A, PAGE 3
BID PORPOSAL
BID OF UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS
1995 Maintenance Program
Item Quantities Description of Item Total
No. & Units & Unit Price Amount
----------------------------------------------------------------------
4.
(a) 10,636.0 C.Y. Surface aggregate (THD P.B.
Grade No. 4 pre -coated crushed
gravel, with a minimum of 90a
crushed feaces and meeting
soundness tests, or, pre -coated
crushed stone meeting sliver counts
and soundness tests), including
loading and freight at stockpiles
in the City of Lubbock, MATERIALS
ONLY; per cubic yard;
., - DOLLARS ($
4:�� CENTS
(b) 10,636.0 C.Y. Application of 4(a),
including all items such as
labor, equipment, preparation
of existing surface, etc.;
per cubic yard;
DOLLARS ($_6. o o _)
CENTS
(c) 10,636.0 C.Y. Total in-place cost for Items
4(a) and 4(b); per cubic yard;
DOLLARS ($
CENTS
r
EXHIBIT A, PAGE 4
BID PORPOSAL
BID OF UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS
1995 Maintenance Program
Item Quantities Description of Item Total
No. & Units & Unit Price Amount
----------------------------------------------------------------------
5.
(a) 11,673.0 C.Y. Surface aggregate (THD P.B.
Grade No. 2 pre -coated crushed
gravel, with a minimum of 90t
crushed faces and meeting
soundness tests, or, pre -coated
crushed stone meeting sliver count
and soundness tests), including
loading and freight at stockpiles
in the City of Lubbock, MATERIALS
ONLY; per cubic yard;
DOLLARS ( $ )
CENTS
(b) 11,673.0 C.Y. Application of Item 5(a),
including all items such as
labor, equipment, preparation
of existing surface, etc.;
per cubic yard; -
DOLLARS ($ 7. D D )
CENTS
(c) 11,673.0 C.Y. Total in-place cost for Items
5(a) and 5(b); per cubic yard;
DOLLARS ( $ y o
1W CENTS
6.
(a) 3,000.0 S.Y. Patching with Black Base, 3"
depth (excavation of 4 1/2",
with replacement of 3" Black
Base and 1 1/2" Type C Hot Mix);
MATERIALS ONLY; per square! yard;
DOLLARS ($ 15
Al w CENTS
r
R ' ,
EXHIBIT A, PAGE 5
BID PORPOSAL
BID OF UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS
1995 Maintenance Program
Item Quantities Description of Item Total
No. & Units & Unit Price Amount
----------------------------------------------------------------------
6.
(b) 3,000.0 S.Y. Installation of Item 6(a),
including all items such as
labor, equipment, removal and
disposal of asphaltic surface,
caliche base, and subgrade (if
soft or unstable) to a depth of
4 1/2" and replacing with 3" of
Black Base and 1 1/2" Type C Hot
Mix; per square yard;
7.
DOLLARS ($
CENTS
(c) 3,000.0 S.Y'. Total in-place cost for Items
6(a) and 6(b); per square yard;
JC!DOLLARS (s Z Z, D d )
/J?�A _CENTS $ &/
(a) 12,000.0 S.Y. Patching with Black Base, 6"
depth (excavation of 7 1/2",
with replacement of 6" Black
Base and 1 1/2" Type C Hot Mix);
MATERIALS ONLY; per square yard;
�il.✓ DOLLARS ( $ / (0, )
CENTS
(b) 12,000.0 S.Y. Installement of Item No. 7(a),
including all items such as
labor, equipment, removal and
disposal of asphaltic surface,
caliche base, and subgrade (if
soft or unstable) to a depth of
7 1/2" and replacing with 6" of
Black Base and 1 1/2" Type C Hot
Mix; per square yard;
JP/n. DOLLARS { $ D )
Al -W CENTS
r EXHIBIT A, PAGE 6
i..
BID PORPOSAL
k-
BID OF UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS
1995 Maintenance Program
Item Quantities Description of Item Total
No. & Units & Unit Price Amount
----------------------------------------------------------------------
7.
(c) 12,000.0 S.Y. Total in-place cost for Items
7(a) and 7 (b) ; per square yard;
DOLLARS ($_Z&,60 )
CENTS $312,000, 00
(a) 1,000.0 S.Y. Patching with Black Base, 9"
depth (excavation of 10 1/2",
with replacement of 9" Black
Base and 1 1/2" Type C Hot Mix),
MAT��ERIALS ONLY; per square yard;
DOLLARS ($ J7, OO )
1141 c CENTS
(b) 1,000.0 S.Y. Installment of Item No. 5(a),
including all items such as
labor, equipment, removal and
disposal of asphaltic surface,
caliche base, and subgrade (if
$oft or unstable) to a depth of
10 1/2" and replacing with 9" of
Black Base and 1 1/2" Type C Hot
Mix; per square yard;
DOLLARS ($ //. QC )
44.4 CENTS
(c) 1,000.0 S.Y. Total in-place cost for Items
8(a) and 8(b); per square yard;
p
- DOLLARS ($ 10 0
CENTS
EXHIBIT A, PAGE 7
i,
BID PORPOSAL
r
E
BID OF UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS
1995 Maintenance Program
Item Quantities Description of Item Total
No. & Units & Unit Price Amount
----------------------------------------------------------------------
9.
(a) 500.0 S.Y. Patching with 3 sack cement,
stabilized caliche, 6" depth,
(excavation of 7 1/20, with
replacement of 6" 3 sack cement
stabilized caliche and 1 1/2"
Type C Hot Mix); MATERIALS ONLY;
per square yard;
/" DOLLARS ($ )
CENTS
(b) 500.0 S.Y. Installation of Item 9(a),
including all items such as
labor, equipment, removal and
disposal of asphalt surface,
caliche base, and subgrade (if
soft or unstable) to a depth of
7 1/2" and replacing with 6" of
3 sack cement stalSilized base and
1 1/2" Type "C" Hot Mix; per
square yard;
DOLLARS ($400
)
(c) 500.0 S.Y. Total in-place cost for Items 9(a)
and 9(b); per square yard;
DOLLARS
Ing CENTS
10.
(a) 7,000.0 S.Y. Patching with 1 1/2" Type C HMAC
pavement with approved crushed
stone or approved crushed gravel;
MATERIALS ONLY; per square yard;
DOLLARS ($ 2, 0 0 )
/Yl�p CENTS
$..,DDD�dO
EXHIBIT A, PAGE 8
BID PORPOSAL
BID OF UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS
1995 Maintenance Program
Item Quantities Description of Item Total
No. & Units & Unit Price Amount
---------------------------------------------------------
10.
(b) 7,000.0 S.Y. Installation of Item 10(a),
including all items such as
labor, equipment, removal and
disposal of existing surface,
(if appicable), including prime
and tack coat; per square yard;
11.
71
DOLLARS ($ Z. 0 O )
CENTS
(c) 7,000.0 S.Y. Total in-place cost for Items
10(a) and 10(b); per square yard;
.urs DOLLARS ($ D D )
CENTS
(a) 1,000.0 L.F. Curb and Gutter; 6" concrete,
Class E (3,000 psi @ 7 days),
30" wide separate gutter or
sawtooth curb and gutter;
MATERIALS ONLY; per linear foot;
DOLLARS ($ 7. 0 Q )
/ CENTS
(b) 1,000.0 L.F. Installation of Item 11(a),
including all items such as
labor, equipment, removal and
disposal of existing C & G, subgrade
preparation, complete in place,
with location as directed by the
the Engineer; per linear foot;
1 DOLLARS ($ )
A4,10 CENTS
EXHIBIT A, PAGE 9
BID PORPOSAL
BID OF UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS
1995 Maintenance Program
Item Quantities Description of Item Total
No. & Units & Unit Price Amount
----------------------------------------------------------------------
11.
(c) 1,000.0 L.F. Total in-place cost for Items
11(a) and 11(b); per square yard;
DOLLARS ($
12.
7
(a)
(b)
(c)
CENTS
1,500.0 S.Y. Valley Gutter; 8" reinforced Class
C concrete (3,600 psi @ 28 days)
(see Section IV, pages 5-6 for
reinforcement information);
MATERIALS ONLY; per square yard;
- DOLLARS ($
/iz.4 CENTS
$13000,60
1,500.0 S.Y. Installation of Item 12(a), including
all items such as labor, equipment,
removal and disposal of valley gutter,
subgrade preparation, complete in
place, with location as directed by
the Engineer; per square yard;
DOLLARS ($
/1'Lc9 CENTS
1,500.0 S.Y. Total in-place cost for Items
12(a) and 12(b); per square yard;
DOLLARS ($
11_ c CENTS
EXHIBIT A, PAGE 10
BID PORPOSAL
BID OF UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS
1995 Maintenance Program
Item Quantities Description of Item Total
No. & Units & Unit Price Amount
--------------------------------------------------------------------
13.
(a) 500.0 S.Y. 4"Class A Concrete sidewalk and
driveway adjustment (3,000 psi @
28 days), reinforced; MATERIALS
ONLY; per square yard;
DOLLARS
CENTS
(b) 500.0 S.Y. Installation of Item 13(a),
including all items such as
labor, equipment, removal and
disposal of existing sidewalk
and/or driveway, subgrade
preparation, complete in place,
with location as directed by
th�ev Engineer; per square yard;
DOLLARS ($.$. U D )
CENTS
(c) 500.0 S.Y. Total in-place cost for Items
13(a) and 13(b); per square yard;
DOLLARS ($20,00)
/ll CENTS $ "000.00
Total for Items 1(a) through 13(a) MATERIALS ONLY $ I;z5'7115O-t
Total for Items 1(b) through 13(b) LABOR, EQUIPMENT, ETC $ LM35 } , 01
Total for Items 1(c) through 13(c) $ 1,1 qq, 69 ,61
WLUR M5 f OEMeS C OST'RaCrtoQ CD. -VC .
CONTRACTOR
`
TITLE:
r
pop
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
I. R uB C jT"� PA VEP -5
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Minority Owned!
Yes No
_ 1-11
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.
Baltimore, Maryland
A Stock Company
f"
I.
Bid Bond
Bond Number ........................
Know All Men By These Presents:
That Williams & Peters, Construction Company, Inc,
. . ........ ......... ...
................................................ of
• • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ................... . as Principal, and the other undersigned, as Surety, are
held and firmly bound unto .. • • City of . Lubbock
....................................................................................................
as Obligee, in the full and just sum of ......... 5% of Amount Bid .
.....................................................................I........................ Dollars,
lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs,
executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
Whereas, the said Principal is herewith submitting its proposal
1995 Street Maintenance Program
The Condition Of This Obligation is such that if the aforsaid Principal shall be awarded the contract the said
Principal will, within the time required, enter into a formal contract and give a good and sufficient bond to secure the
performance of the terms and conditions of the contract, then this obligation to be void; otherwise the Principal and Surety will
pay unto the Obligee the difference in money between the amount of the bid of the said Principal and the amount for which the
Obligee legally contracts with another party to perform the work if the latter amount be in excess of the former, but in no event
shall liability hereunder exceed the penal sum hereof.
Signed, sealed and delivered . � r .?0, 1994
(Date)
e/•. �� �% a .............................................. (Seal)
......... ........ (Beall
V 41 w*. V mei . am"T.Ru�7?9N e�` +, Fdelity a Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.
.. (a Wisconsin Corporation)
... ...............
Linda Attaway ( A„orney-in-fact
7 Contract 50018-94)
l
IWO
Or"
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.
Power ail Aftomey
No, 334
Wwall men by face presents: That RdAlty cad Gummy Issavace UndsmTlbmiwacwPwxdonwgammdand cads ftuxW#abas dthe state ef
Wisconsin and kwinoits prim leffics eta City of Baltimore. in to Stand Maryland. does hereby mWita and appoint Tim Sampson,
Linda Attaway, Alan Henry and Doris Davis
d to city of Lubbock Stand Texas kstrue and bwhdAnwwM4n•hmachinteknpmmapwkyifmon than one b
named above. to so bow ustray to, and ix starwkwinanaants inthe more thereof
anbehagdthe Wnpmwinits badness dgAmt"kgthe Milky dpmm=gwmmkVthe pdmnxnd,c11-anid =maim orguaranteeingbonds and
undertakings wquirad a petmktd n any actions orpnoeeedirnps dewed by bra:
l"WM= MOrld-ft Mid Rddk MW Gummy Iwo nw U4011OW11110M, IN& leu cased ft instrmwito be sealed with its corporate =W. duly attested
bytwsouumdksvimhuwomxwAubmsmom.ta 1st dayof October Aam 94
......
Migned BY - . ........ ........... ..................
ce
as
•
(Signed BY . ...... . ........ ... . ... ......................
SMOVY
Iftle, of MNVIAW VO
SS.
L%Vmsm cur Ap
Onft 1st 6yof October --".AiLi9 94.before mlal
bowa Secrefoyal said W4i;W,'iv6bftdvA= laM"3"lVwquainted.who being byine severally duty
m ua they. to said John A. Hors and a Fewwwarawcdi"ir
mW cahm6mandta Aisist�ulwetarydtasaid nWig acrd rlwraady
Iwaraaea Uadenvriteea. be. ttna corparatiatdesrxihed in and which �d thni fangoig Power d Attafiel; tliai tthey cart ikrnevktthe seal d said carpaationi; tat the
sal affizedtosaid Power dAwmt'"" vichpm PP, sal, that itSas sakfkWbywderd*aB=ddD'-,,, d said conpaation, and that tthey signed hair nares
tanto by as as itand AssistantSecretary. dMeCaum,.
me 11th ch
Noury ftlic
This Power dAummisgrand oder and by aumoraY d the following ResolLdons Kb%W by to Board d Chma of to oddity cad Gummy lannam
Undeswrillem, bm. on Sagarder R 19M
11"Oket tat in CwWralation With and =W instsams business of to Cawriv, all bonds. wdertakings. contracts and oder kmmwc relatingto
said butiness; may be signed, waned and admmk*dbypersona awWdmappointed asAnw4�sHrWsdPxmmtoaPower dAttorney bsuadina=ofda=wish
VasemsoluWm SaidP*wwW dAnoaWforandonbehalf afthe Canpanymay and del beenawadinta name and enb8haff d6a Company, eillarbythe Chairmor
to hasident. wan Wama Vke President. we SmWVce Presiders, we Yke President or an Assistant Vice President, jok* with the Secretary wan Assistant Secretary.
w4artheir respective designations. The signaLn of xich officers may be WWWOCL printed or litograPhed. The Apaze d itch of to foregoing officers and to nal d to
Cwq any may be affixed by facsimile to any Pow of Anmw w no any ass cM Minting hereto appointing Anwn@K%ND;aa for piposas only d exvAing in and amu*q
bonds and andertakings and other writings ablotory in to nam tared, and, m1ast s%ft@qwtV rp andp 10 WN IM set ; any VjC hm d
voW bisd utalions forth h
AumWerotitic aebearing such facsirnile siQattn wfacsnnie seal dal be vaW and bkdm upon the Company and any such power so eaxecuted and cRdied by such
facsimile signaLn and facsimile anal dell be raid and binding Won to Cwvww with respect to ow bond orondertaking to vAch it Is validly anadied
Reselvet That AnorrwA4n-W dog hM the Powww1daudloft anless nbss*w* revolod and lRany ase.subject to the baro and limitatio s d to
Power dAttorney issted to tam, to exeaae and deliver onlahaff aftie Coir"Wand loattach the sal aftecompany lo any and ail bonds and wdouldnAand oder
writings obligatory in the name tared. and any such inrtment examted by such AZtwWsNn;aa shall be as binding q= the Company as d aligned by an bamOve Officer
and sealed and attested to by to Secretary d to Company.
L Mmm J. Fmrald. an Assistant Secratay of to RMNV OW Gummy luarance Uadorwftr% lac., do hereby certify that to foregoing an true merpts
from the Resolutions of tta said Company as adapted byits Board d0kommonSeptember 24,l2Mand that tale R*Wmiamaro infLdlforce aril effect.
L the widersigned Assistant Secret" of to R&W&I ted Gummy laomakwe Undwwftm, lar- do hereby certify that tie foregoing Power of Anwrwy is in U
force and effect and has not been invoked
inTesfiTaw Wlered. I have heroxito set NN lard and to 902 sod Gummy Uadewiftralac onthis aQ
W 10=4th
...........191 Axatarnt ... . ..........................
Secretary
FS81"
PAYMENT BOND
of
I'
r
STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 5160
OF THE REVISED CIVIL STATUTES OF TEXAS
r", AS AMENDED BY
t ACTS OF THE 56TH LEGISLATURE, REGULAR SESSION,
" 1959
r
01 «i jor^S �, P -rte eeA1!5rffl-kCM oA
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that 61-11,pAjV , Qye-- (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as
and
ry G 1 A%Z AW rY S.vs u ie.ewc-&- UN
(hereinafter tied the Sure tx(s , as Surety s&a%held and �bo d unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in
the amount of p� n�ii u e ¢s✓ 14wV 51 X C -V t12, AK
�Mue,epn r v� -six s��rrr-si x c�xs / 744 t -ft - 44 lawful money of the United States for the
payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,
jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 1A 'ifay of
Ji MkARY , 19g5, to
IQ -/-?19 Sher
and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the
amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at
length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all
claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then,
this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes
of Texas as amended by Acts of the 56th Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this 4jj!a day of
• MS�`1 19,g,�.
�0���ry � L7uI}l2AN>`i-�Set12R�V�E ILLtiEms 4 kit es A)%TPLLalon�
Surety BOND CHECK Principal CD.,M
*By: ka—"
(Title) At1vO-WRY —nO-- FALT
BEST RATING
LICENSEDIN EXAS
DAT By
By:
(Title)-'E5(DENT
By:
(Title)
By:
(Title)
I'
rL.
1.
qq The undersigngdnLmpairy represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates
%ttA_ aY..� g resident m Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service
of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship.
(lWt> yu-)Pir&jgA T-jL
Surety
*By:
Approved as to form:
City of Lubbock
ity Attorn
* Note: if signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this
person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files.
7
PERFORMANCE BOND
71
F',
+ STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 5160
OF THE REVISED CMI. STATUTES OF TEXAS AS
AMENDED BY
ACTS OF THE 56TH LEGISLATURE, REGULAR SESSION 1959
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, l I r ��s PCT�RS (0'V5r UZ-T10A)
that6+ (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and
g, Ire L/ri
f (hereinafter call t,►,he�S�asAS,u�reoty(�areheand u and unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in
the amount o Y (ittNDl�i� D NINET`f-s,x d SrY ry s�� �r+r o l
�S 7 696.6 lawful money of the United States for the
payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,
jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 1 day of
_a &n)tUA R4 19Q� to
Sir, * /3111, — l t15 51-AEE7' AAIN7'650VAvc-45
7
} and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the
amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at
,., length herein.
I'
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully
perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise
r to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes
of Texas as amended by Acts of the 56th Legislature, regular session 1959, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
7 accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument thi&l day of
_JAN &LA E�, 19�.
1�N0 i-1 r4 4ts leS A� L TY „�N SWQ I9NLE
Surety �5TL-'PS �'fNS�2UCT101� CQ
BOND CHECK Principal zN C
I
r
ICL
* By. BEST RATING By: 1%-,e-- �✓ C
(Title) tTo�.Nr-Y —Ta LICENSED I ry
71,
NT AS (Title) 'PRESI1)r
DAT �
(44
8Y
By:
(Title)
By:
(Title)
7
The tude i surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates
&t resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of
pr s may had in matters arising out of such suretyship.
Cc 1 rY 0
l� wQ ITIS ✓,G-
r.. Surety
Approved as to Form
City of Lubbock
By7ya;",t
ity Attorney
*�• (Title)
* Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this
person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files.
7
..
27220
Fidelity and and Guaranty insurance Underwriters, Inc.
119wer of Attorney
No. 334
lunow all man by these presents: That FWa ty and Guaranty beoramce Undawribm foe., a corporation organized and C&ft under the laws of the State of
Wiscauin and having its principal office at the City of Baltimore. in the State of Maryland, does hereby constita and appoint Tim Sampson,
Linda Attaway, Alan Henry and Doris Davis
d the city of Lubbock ,Stated Texas its true and lawful Attorro*sWam each in their separate capacity if more than one is
named above. to sign in name as surety to, and to enrowte, seal and acknowledge any and all bands,
tidertakigs, caaracts end otherwritten irtstcunerts n tine naUre thereof
on behalf d the Company in its business d quarsnteeing the fidelity of persona guaranteein0 the pertormance d eormacts: and enrocrtig or gArarn" bonds and
undertakings required ar permitted in any actions a proceedings allowed by law.
In Witness Whereof, the said iffy and Guaraady bs smm Ibdenvriters, be, has Caused this instrt Sunt to be scaled with its corporate seal. duty attested
bribe signeares of its Yee President and Assistant Secrewy, this 1st day of October , A.D. i9 94
iRddiK and Guaranty Uaop�un, kc.
1951.
Miprnedi By .
iS4rodo By .
Stale Of Marybad I
.. 1.....e . ............. �............
ident
...... . ....... . , ......................
Assistant secretary
SS:
Baitimore City N
On this 1st day of October /A D.19 9 4 , before nmsY'•IoM A, Huss. Yee President of FWelihr and game*
bearam* Uaderrftwa be. and Thomas J. F istart secretary of Said both d whom I wn fly aalus
rn,kited. who being by me severallyduly
swotsaid. that they. the said John A. Huss . Fitromald wme tM Vice Phesidet and d the said Fdelity and 6aereaq
bmancoUstionvOitembr-thei and which, the foregoug Powerd they each knew the Seal of said corporation: that tha
seal affixed to said Power of corporate seal. `s hod by order of the of aid
eaDoration. and that they signed then names
thereto by hike order as Vice President and Assistant . of the Company.
Mvcor{�missionexpiresthe 11th ch 5
.7`�.........
4 Notary Pdtlic
1J
This Power of Attorney is granted under and fty of the following Resolutions adopted by the Bond of Directors of the Fidelity mad Gamely bs mm
Umderwribrs, be. on September 24.1992 a ��
Ibabed, that in corahectien wlth the° ill and only fnsuance business of the Company, aA bards. undertakings. contracts and other iratrunern relating to
said business may be signed. Sxecuted, and admowledged by persons or entities appointed as AttwWsHn;*a VMmrt to a Power of Attorney hashred in accordance with
these resoktions. Said Power(s) of Attorney for and on behalf of flu Company may and shtal be executed into name and an behalf of the Company, eitherby the Chairman. or
the President, or an &mite Vice President or a Senior Vice President, or a Vice President or an Assistart Vice President, jai* with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.
hider their respective designations. The signatue of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographed. The dgrowne of each of the foregoing officers and the seal of the
Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any eertlficate relating thereto eppoirting Attorn&As�irt for puposes only d exeeatirg in and attesting
bonds and w dxukmP and other Mixings obligatory n the fatue thereof, and. unless subsequently revoked and Subject te try li iltatiMrhs set forth # main, any Such Power of
Attorney or certificate bearing nidi facsimile sigrhatura or facsimile Seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any Such power to executed and Certlfisd by Such
facsimile signature and facsimile Seal shall be valid and binding spun the Compery with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is validly attached.
Resolved. Tint Attorrtey(s M-fect shag have the power and authority. ratless Subsequeraly revoked and, in any case, subjtct in the terms and limitations of the
Power of Attorney issued to them, to exeate and deliver an behalf of the Company and to Ittmch the Seal d the company to any and all bonds and udertakigs. and other
writings obligatory it the name thered, and any Stich irwrtrunt axewted by such Attm*sHn*w Shall be as binding sport the Company as if signed by an i xmnaive Officer
and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company.
1, Thomas J. Ftxgeraid, an Assistant Secretary of the ii Wkl and Guaranty Insurance Underwriiam hw.. do hereby certify that the foregoing are true ems"
from the Resolmk= of the said Company as adopted by its Board Of Directors on September 24,1992 and that these Resoluiom aro in full forks and effect.
1, the undersigned Assistant Secretary at the Fidelity and Guaraoq bsmrameo Underwriters, bL do hereby cw* ft: the foregoing Power of Attorney is in full
force and effect and has not been revoked
In Testimony Wherad, I have h rma set ay hand and the Sear F and Guaranty Uaderwritere, be. on this 18th
dayd January .19 95
ttttavowltr Z!j?^� ..........................
18$1 Auatant Secretary
itS all 04Q
rW
r
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
i
tl
CERTMCATE OF INSURANCE "REVISED" 2-3-95
70: CrrY OF LUBBOCK
DATE: 1-18-95
Lubbock, Texas Typeof Bid #13116- 1995 Street
Williams & Peters Construction Project Maintenance Program
THIS IS TO CERTIFY T'ITA7" I (Name and Address of I
- e' . ttsttmed) is, ai the date of this certi5cate, iasnred by
T.",
Fthis Company ayth rm�pect � the busintss operations hereinafter described, rovisians of time standard polities used by this Com �, far the types of insurance and in accordance with the
ereon. may, the fi,rtlmer hereinafter drscn'bed Except' as to standard policy noted
TYPE OF INSURANCE
Policy No. Effective Expires Limits of Liability
rworkmn's WC941038 9-1-94 9-1-95 StatuatoxYLimitompensation
Employers Liability -$500,000
-------- ----- _ Acc;$500,000 Policy Limit;
Per's Protec- TBD 1-18-95 1-18-96 - $500,000 Each Employee
,e or Contin- Per Person S '1, OOQ .000 . CSL
osnt Liability Per Occurrence: S
-------��-_---- - ._ .. ProportY Doge S
7ntractoes-�'--------�
otective or Per Person S
Contingent Per Occurrence S
Liability - - �- --� Property Damage S '
Automobile
tomobile Per Person
071FJ1163983 6-6-94 6-6-95 Per Occurrence
Additional Insured to City of Lubbock
Property Damage
comprehensive -.
?"neral Liabili 071GL823094 6-6-94 6-6-95
_ additional Insured to City of Lubbock
la Liability071XS24105960 6-6-94 6-6-95
r'"
'nE foregoing policies(do) �.�.._...�
( ) (0=0 cover all sub -contractors
S-1-000,000 CSL
S
S -1 -40 -.UO occurrenr.e_;
2,000,000 Aggregate
S 404. 0
-Fations Covered Various Streets, City of Lubbock, Tx
'ESCRIP TION of Operations Covered
king & Street Maintenance.
he above policies eithe ,=
nthe body thereof or by a ro nate endorsement provide that they may not
rer in less than the Legal time required after the insured has received written notice of such change or cancelllaabo , be changed or or in by the
e is n0 legal requirement, in less therm five days in advance of cancellation. °y case
llation• Workers' Comp -Colonial Casualty Ins.
COPIES OF THIS CERTIFICATE Company
_p iTBE SENT To TIrE OWNER. AJ1 Other-Aetlia Cas ial &Surety
(Name of Insurer}
.Company
By: n
11tle Authorized A ent
COMMERCIAL EXCESS LIABILITY (UMBRELLA) INSURANCE
POLICY - SCHEDULE OF: UNMRLYING 114SURANC
E
LIFE & CASUALTY
INGTON CASUALTY COMPANY
LIABILITY
06/06/94
TY
EMPLOYERS
06/06194
DC013 (ED. 01-86)
071 FJ 1163983 CCF
1,000,000.00 PER
06/06/85
TBD
(CSLj
500,000.00 PER ACCIDENT
500,000.00 PER EMPLOYEE
500,000.00 TOTAL POLICY LIMIT
ATIQN".t
W0fi,95
I EAPIRATION`DATE
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
THE AETNA CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
071 GL 823084 CCA
RI�F�'.Ti't7!I.
YMyyYY
11iE
(COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
,
2,000,000.00 PROD/COMP OPER AGG
2,000,000.00 GENERAL AGGREGATE
1,000,000.00 ANY ONE OCCURRENCE
1,000,000.00 ANY ONE PER OR ORG
K AT . ,.
06/06/94
06/06/95
INGTON CASUALTY COMPANY
LIABILITY
06/06/94
TY
EMPLOYERS
06/06194
DC013 (ED. 01-86)
071 FJ 1163983 CCF
1,000,000.00 PER
06/06/85
TBD
(CSLj
500,000.00 PER ACCIDENT
500,000.00 PER EMPLOYEE
500,000.00 TOTAL POLICY LIMIT
ATIQN".t
W0fi,95
I EAPIRATION`DATE
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
q
ADDITIONAL INSURED -OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS
r (FORM B)
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
COMMERCIAL. GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
WHO IS AN INSURED (Section 11) is amended to Include as an insured the person or organization shown in the
Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" for that insured by or for you.
SCHEDULE
M F ER N R A IZATION:
CITY OF LUBBOCK
P.O. BOX 2000
LUBBOCK, TX 79457
1
k
7
r -
I
r-
f:
CO2010 (ED. 11.85) CAT. 768200
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
F ADDITIONAL INSURED
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
7
l BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM
GARAGE COVERAGE FORM
TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM
f
This endorsement than
Endorsement Effective
NF I amed Insured
the paliev effective on ►hs
IC 77 win
date of the policy unless another date is indicated below:
Policy Number w
Countersigned
The provisions and exclusions that apply to LIABILITY COVERAGE also apply to this endorsement, (Authorized Representative)
urr or 1.ti r4m
g.0. BOX 2000
LU8$OC>Es TX 79457
(Enter Name and Address of Additional Insured.)
is an insured, but only with respect to legal responsibility for acts or omissions of o person for whom Liability Coverage is offorde
under this policy. 9 d
The additional insured is not required to pay for any premiums stated in the policy or earned from the policy. Any return premium
and any dividend, if applicable, declared by us sholl be paid to you.
You ore authorized to act for the additional insured in all matters pertaining to this insurance.
We will mail the additional insured notice of any cancellation of this policy. If the cancellation is by us, we will give ten days notice to
the additional insured.
The additional insured will retain any right of recovery os a claimant under this policy.
7;ORM TE 99 018 -- ADDITIONAL INSURED
` ' Texas Standard Automobile Endorsement
Prescribed March 18, 1992
I
7
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see reverse) be
covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or
Providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an
employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512/440- 3784 to receive information on the legal requirement for
coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to
provi rage." and
(8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
(A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any
coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the
project;
(B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project;
(C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this rule;
(D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project;
(E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor.
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and
(ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the
coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project;
(F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter,
(G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the
person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any
person providing services on the project; and
,..
(ED contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) -
ft with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 0
CONTRACT
E'; CONTRACT
r
r
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 12th day of January 1995, by and between the City of Lubbock, County
of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through David R Langston, Mayor, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to
as OWNER, and WILLIAMS AND PETERS CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. of the City of Imbboc County of Imbbock, and the
State of Texas, hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed
by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby
agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows:
BID #13116 -1995 STREET MAINTENANCE PROGRAM FOR $1,744,696.66
and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost
and expense to Ai nish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories
and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General
Condition of Agreement.
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given
to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents.
The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the
proposal submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on
account thereof as provided therein.
IN WITNESS WEEREOF, the parties to these presents have
year and day first above written. 1.00
- � I
APPROVED•CONTENT:
APPROVED•FORM:
this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the
CONTRACTOR:
WILLIAMS AND PETERS CONSTRUCTION CO., INC.
By:
TITLE:
COMPLETE ADDRESS:
P.O. Box 3907
Lubbock, Texas 79452
r
7
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
I
i
i Fft
GENERAL COMMONS OF THE AGREEMENT
OWNER1.
Whenever the word Owner, or the expression Party of the First Part, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be
understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas.
2. CONTRACTOR
Whenever the word Contractor, or the expression Party of the Second Part, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood
to mean the person, persons, co -partnership or corporation, to -wit: WELLUMS AND PETERS CONSTRUCTION CO..
INC. who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or to his or their IeVA representative.
3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
Whenever the word Owners Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to
DON JENNINGS, STREET SUPERINTENDENT , City of Lubbock, under whose supervision these contract documents,
including the plans and specifications, were prepared, and who will inspect constructions; or to such other representative,
supervisor, or inspector as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers,
supervisor or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly
supervise the Contractor or men acting MI behalf of the'Contractor.
4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Signed
Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if
any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available: to Bidder for his inspection in
accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES
Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary,* "Prescribed," or words of
like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement permission, order, designation or prescription of
the Owner's Representative is intended-, and similarly, the words NApproved,* "Acceptable,* "Satisfactory,* or words of like
import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.
6. SUBCONTRACTOR
7.
The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for
performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any
Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents,
but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor.
WRMEN NOTICE
Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm
or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, Or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address
known to him who gives the notice.
g. wORK lies, machinery, equipment, tools,
provide and pay for all materials, supplies, for the
Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall p power,
asportation and all other facilities neces shall be
superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials
to i satisfactory
sShall
completion of the work covered by the contract locum
execution and comp ,p materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, � well known,
new and both workmanshi Materials or work descn in Rio which so applied
evidence as to the kind and quality of materials• standards-
technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized. —
tec with the contract documents
d all materials furnish in strict conformity
All work shall be done an-
q SUBSTANTIALLY CoMpLj�'TED' contract documents has been
s meant that the structure or Project contemplated by the �, but still may require minor
The term "Substantially Completed* the facility is in a condition to serve its intended pub —
made suitable for use or occupancy Or i
miscellaneous work and adjustment.
LAYOUT out, all work and shall accomplish this —
10. — -- — ble for laying es out
�Y P'�� fin' the Contractor shall be respond �s Representative will check the Contracto la3'
Except as
specifically table to the Owner's Representative* The Owns Rep but a check does not
work in a manner acceptable Contractor at Contractor's request, cations.
or structures and any other layout work done by the all work in accordance with the Plans and'Specifications.
of all major nsibility of correctly locating
relieve the Contractor of the respo
PE IFI ATIONS ACCE SIBLE —
11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND Profiles and Specifications without expenseto him he
. • hed with one. copies of all Plans,
The Contractor shall be forms ble on the job site.'
shall keep one copy of same consistently accessl
12. RIHT OF ENTRY
Gthe ro of quality of the executed work and
The Owner's Representative may make Periodic visits to the site to observe progress documents. He will not be required to
ui aceordancc with the contract locum nor,will he be responsible for—
to determine, in general, if the work is sped o ng check the quality or quantity of the work,
make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspecti r ores, or the safety precautions incident thereto. His
the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or p oced feted project will conform to the
providing assurances for the Owner that the comp perform the work in
efforts will be directed towards p rcsponsible for the Contractor's failure to p� informed the work
k the
requirements of the contract documentsnts. On the basis of his onsite observations,ehe will keep the fie work the Contractor•
accordance with the Contract Docum d the Owner against def
progress of the work and will endeavor to guar —
13. LINES AND GRADES for the oornmencement of the
the Owner's P-vresentative whenever necessary these contract documents. All lines and grades shall be furnished by letion of the work contemplated by 1 with this
work contemplated by these contract documents or the comp permit owner's Representative to comply
Contractor shall suspend his work in order to Fe nation
Whenever necessary, suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation
lines
requirement, but such resentative ample notice of the time and Place where lines �d'grades-
reserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction o:
therefore. The Contractor shall give theme es be carefully P the Owner's
will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc.,such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by
removal by him, his Subcontractors, or his employees, _
Representative at Contractor's expense.
I
14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND bUTY
Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative
shall review all work included herein. He has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to
insure the proper execution of the contract In order to permit delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is further
agreed that the Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work
which are to be paid for under this contract. He shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction
thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of
said Contractor. The Owner's Representatives's estimates and findings shall be conditions precedent to the right of the
parties hereto to arbitration or to any action on the contract, and to any rights of the Contractor to receive any money under
this contract; provided, however, that should Owner's Representative render any decision or give any direction, which in the
opinion of either party hereto, is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of this contract, either party may file with
said Owner's Representative within 30 days his written objection to the decision or direction so rendered, and by such action
may reserve the right to submit the questions so raised to arbitration as hereinafter provided. It is the intent of this
Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the work, therefore, written decisions or direction of the Owner's
Representative as rendered shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be thereafter adjusted to
arbitration as hereinafter provided.
The Owner's Representative shall, within a reasonable time, render and deliver to both the Owner and the Contractor a
written decision on all claims of the parties hereto and on all questions which may arise relative to the execution of the work
or the interpretation of the contract, specifications and plans. Should the Owner's Representative fail to make such decision
within a reasonable time, an appeal to arbitration may be taken as if his decision had been rendered against the party
appealing.
15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION
7 It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time
such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the
materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is
„+ done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance
required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The
Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so
appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying
plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer,
supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within six (6) days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for his
decision.
16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE
C
The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the
r work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's
Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be
binding as if given to the Contractor. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor
is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations
of the Contractor.
The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all
i
risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor.
P The Owner or Owner's Representatives will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any
subcontractors, or any of his agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work.
i
6 .-
17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of
the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be encountered, the character of
equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions,
and all other matters which in any way effect the work under this contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any _
officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of this contract, shall effect or modify any of
the terms or obligations herein contained.
18. CHARACTER OF WORKMEN
The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent men, skillful in the performance in the type of work required
under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform him in writing that
any man or men on the work, are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or disorderly, such man or men shall be
discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written
consent.
19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT
The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and _
completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is also
understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials,
tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. _
The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the Owner's
Representative shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be
maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.
20. SANITATION
Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be
constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's
Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced.
21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING
The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe and test the work. Contractor
shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location
wherever work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation which may be
contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be
ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any work found to be defective or not in
accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such
errors and regardless of whether Owner's Observer has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any
work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's
Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being
fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make
observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require
Contractor to furnish Owner or Ownees Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons
competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such
tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other
applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents.
If any work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the
Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Reprewntative, be uncovered for
observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by
the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests,
inspections or approval, and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the
r requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective. Such defective work shall be corrected at the
I Contractor's expense.
Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's
Representative, or other persons authorized under this agreement to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve
the Contractor from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents.
r•. 22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES
It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or
selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owners' Representative as unsuitable or not in conformity with
plans, specification and contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's
Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full
accordance with this contract. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at
Contractor's expense.
23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS
The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line,
grade, form dimensions, plans or or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after
the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond.
If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for
damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of work, and the
increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity
actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be
paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any
work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for
any material or labor so used, and for any actual loss occasioned by such change, due to actual expenses incurred in
preparation for the work as originally planned.
24. EXTRA WORK
The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the
Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work
as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's proposal, except as
provided under Changes and Alterations herein.
It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative when
presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor
to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to
the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods:
Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or
Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or
Method (C) If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then
the Contractor shall be paid the actual field cost of the work, plus fifteen (1501a) per cent
r
f
In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply
and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics
and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used
on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on r
account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property
Damage and Workmen's Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the
Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of
the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The —
Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type
and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless
otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless —
otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General
Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be
incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall
cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements
of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or
Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same
shall be included in the "actual field cost." —
No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any
orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which he should receive compensation or an
adjustment in the construction time, he shall make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order
authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to
the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the
work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost
thereof, as provided under Method (C). The Contractor will thereby preserve the right to submit the matter of payment to
arbitration as herein below provided.
25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS
It is further agreed that it is the intent of this contract that all work described in the proposal, the specifications, plans and
other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all
appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by
Owner's Representative. If the Contractor finds any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract
documents, he should notify the Owners' Representative and obtain a clarification before the bids are received, and if no
such request is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the
Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in his proposal to complete the work
in accordance with these plans and specifications. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be
submitted no later than five days prior to the opening of bids.
26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT
N at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work
with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in
writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order.
If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor
shall, if so ordered in writing, increase his force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of
compliance with the schedule of progress.
E .
4
27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC
r The Contractor I shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workmen's Compensation Insurance with an insurance
company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workmen's Compensation
laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and
others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building
t and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the
i "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible
with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, his sureties and insurance carriers shall defend,
indemnify and save harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees from all suits, actions, or claims of any
character whatsoever, brought for or on account of any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person or persons
or property, on account of any negligent act or fault of the Contractor or any suboontractor, their agents or employees, in the
execution and supervision of said contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract, on account of the
failure of Contractor or any subcontractor to provide necessary barricades, warning lights, or signs and will be required to
pay any judgment with costs which may be obtained against the Owner or any of its officers, agents, or employees including
attorney's fees.
The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in his sole discretion as an Independent
Contractor, inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the
Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as reminders to the
Contractor of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the
Contractor or any of his subcontractors.
28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE
The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as
hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried
with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection
with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering
the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to
contract execution.
A. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance
The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of S 1000 000 Combined Single
Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include:
Premises and Operations
Explosion & Collapse Hazard
Underground Damage Hazard
Products & Completed Operations Hazard
Contractual Liability
Independent Contractors Coverage
Personal Injury (with exclusion "c" waived)
�^ The City is to be named as an additional insured on this policy for this specific job, and copy of the endorsement
doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance.
if
B. Owner's Protective or Contingent Public Liability Insurance and Property Damage Liability Insurance.
The Contractor shall obtain an Owner's Protective or Contingent Public Liability Insurance policy naming the City —
of Lubbock as additional insured and the amount of such policy shall be as follows:
For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage,1S .000.000 Combined Single Limit. This
policy shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance
The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than;
Bodily Injury/Property Damage, 1,000.W Combined Single Limit,
to include all owned and nonowned cars including: Employers Nonownership Liability Hired and Nonowned
Vehicles. The City is to be named as an additional insured on this policy for this specific job and copy of the
endorsement doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance.
D. Builder's Risk Insurance
The Contractor shall obtain a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 0% of the total contract price (100% of
potential loss) naming the City of Lubbock as additional insured.
E. Umbrella Liability Insurance
The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of2S ,000.000 on all contracts with coverage
to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverages.
F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance
Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any
Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least S1000 000
Definitions:
Certificate of overage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -
insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (1WCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-
84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance overage for the person's or entity's employees
providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the
contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity.
Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in 0406.096) - includes all persons or entities
performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of
whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has
employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies,
motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes
persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or
delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project.
"Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply
deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
2. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor
Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the
duration of the project.
1
3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to beingawarded
the contract.
4. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of overage ends during the duration of
the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage
with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended.
5. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the
governmental entity:
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental
entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing
services on the project; and
(b) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project.
6 The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one
year thereafter.
7. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the
provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project.
8. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the
Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that
It they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage.
9. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the
project, to:
(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and
filing of any overage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code,
Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of
the project;
(b) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of
overage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing
services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(c) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the overage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of overage, if the overage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor:
(1) a certificate of overage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the
coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
` thereafter,
i�l
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days
after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision
of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and —
(g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs
(1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are r
providing services.
10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is
representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on
the project will be covered by workers's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the
coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all
coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured,
with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information
may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil
actions.
ii. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor
which entities the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the
breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity.
G. Proof of Coverage
Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for
approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of
compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance
company setting forth:
(1) The name and address of the insured.
(2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies.
(3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such
certificate.
(4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such
certificate.
(5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the
address shown in the bid specifications.
(6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or cancellation of
the policies shown on the certificate.
(7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job
specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable.
(8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project.
(9) A Contractor shall:
(a) provide overage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project
based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any overage
agreements;
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days
after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the
Provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project;
(g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they
are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report
failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by
the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 point normal type,
and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker
population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on
the sample notice, without any additional words or changes:
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVZR4GE
"The law requires that each person werking on this site or providing services related to this
(b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage rage to the governmental
entity prior to beginning work on the project;
transportation or other service related to the projed, regardless of the identity of their
t
(c) provide the governmental entity, Prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
rrequired
(d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity:
I
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the
governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all
persons providing services on the project; and
project, for the duration of the project;
r(ii)
(ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
r�
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
i
thereafter,
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days
after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the
Provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project;
(g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they
are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report
failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by
the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 point normal type,
and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker
population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on
the sample notice, without any additional words or changes:
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVZR4GE
"The law requires that each person werking on this site or providing services related to this
construdion projed must be covered by workers' compensation'insurance- This includes
persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or providing labor or
transportation or other service related to the projed, regardless of the identity of their
employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512/440-3789 to receive information
on the legal. requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the
rrequired
coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and
I
(h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
(i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts
and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the
project, for the duration of the project;
r(ii)
provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on
the project;
r�
(iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e)
(3) of this rule;
i
(iv) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; —
(v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the
project; and
(2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing --
extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project,
(vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for
one year thereafter,
(vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within
10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required
by paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for
whom they are providing services.
29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES
Contractors having more than 15 employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and agree
not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such individual in regard to
job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee compensation, job training, and
other terms, conditions, and priviliges of employment.
30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF
MACHINERY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
The Contractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of any demands of
subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment,
power tools, all suppliers, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this contract. When
Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated
have been paid, discharged or waived.
If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of those
designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five (5) days after
demand is made, then Owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain unpaid, withhold from the
unpaid portion of this contract, a sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness or may apply the sum so withheld to
discharge any such indebtedness.
Any and all communications between any party under this paragraph must be in writing.
31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION
The contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or
process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or Owner thereof. The
Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the
Owner harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be
responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer
or manufacturers is specified or required in these contract documents by Owner, provided, however, if choice of alternate
design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner harmless
rM
from any loss on account thereof. If the material or process specified or required by Owner is an infringement, the
Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives written notice to the Owner of such infringement.
r
32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES
The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations,
which in any manner effect the contract or the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any claims
arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor or his employees. If the
Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the Owners'
Representative in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work
If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without
such notice to the Owner's Representative, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom.
The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the
same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under whdch the Owner may enter into
contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein.
33. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
The Contractor further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of
this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in
the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full obligations to the Owner, as provided by this
contractual agreement.
34. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and
time for completion as specified in the contract of work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it
is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced on a date to be
specified in the Notice to Proceed.
If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to complete the work within the time herein specified, or any proper
extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding
of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $200.00 (One
Hundred) PER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each
and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for completing the work
It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the completion of the
work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic
change and conditions and usual industrial'conditions prevailing in this locality.
The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and
extreme difficulty in fixing and ascertaining actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain, and the amount is
agreed to be damages the Owner would sustain and shall be retained by the Owner from current periodical estimates for
payments or from final payment.
It is further agreed and understood between the Contractor and Owner that time is of the essence of this contract.
35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION
I It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be
allowed to prosecute his work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most
conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution shall be such that the
work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this contract, the plans and specifications,
and within the time of completion designated in the proposals; provided, also, that when the Owner is having other work
done, either by contract or by his own force, the Owner's Representative may direct the time and manner of constructing
work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the
Owner shall be harmonized.
The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules which
shall show the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the
several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. —
36. EXTENSION OF TIME
The Contractor agrees that he has submitted his proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this
project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has
considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 33 hereinabove set forth and that he shall not be entitled to, nor
will he request, an extension of time on this contract, except when his work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the
Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors employed by the owner, or by changes ordered
in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public enemy, fire or flood. The Contractor may apply in writing for
an extension of time, submitting therewith all written justification as may be required by Owner's Representative for such an
extension as requested by Contractor. The Owner's Representative within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request for
an extension of time by the Contractor supported by all requested documentation shall then submit such written request to
the City Council of the City of Lubbock for their consideration. Should the Contractor disagree with the action of City
Council on granting an extension of time, such disagreement shall be settled by arbitration as hereinafter provided.
37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS
In executing the contract agreement, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein
fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether
growing out of delays in securing material or workmen or otherwise. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for
hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the
work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such
expense as in the judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to
Contractor.
38. 4UANTIMS AND MEASUREMENTS
No extra or customary measurements of arty kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid
contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided.In the event this contract is let
on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other
contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the
estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract,
they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their
proposals offered for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to
be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this
contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the
project.
39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY
The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered,
which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any
damage or injury by reason of said process of construction, and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on
account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the
Owner against any claim or claims for damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, arising or growing
out of the performance of this contract, but such indemnity shall not apply to any claim of any kind arising out of the
existence or character of the work
f
40. PRICE FOR WORK
In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the: completion of all work by the
Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and
stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the proposal attached hereto,
which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all
materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by him and for well and truly
performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications,
plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative.
41. PAYMENTS
No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either
wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work. Contractor shall at
any time requested during the progress of the work famish the Owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate
showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made,
Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by
reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a
waiver of all claims against Owner which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract.
42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS
On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for partial
payment. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment and the progress of the work made by
the Contractor and if found to be in order shall prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical
the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month; said statement
shall also include the value of all sound materials delivered on site of the work that are to be fabricated into the work.
The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's
Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less S% of the amount thereof, which S% shall be retained until final
payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by Owner under the terms of this
C agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion, and this fact is certified to by
Owner's Representative and some unexpected and some unusual delay occurs due to no fault or negligence on the part of the
Contractor, the Owner may upon written recommendation of Owner's Representative pay a reasonable and equitable portion
of the retained percentage due Contractor.
43. FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE
Within thirty-one (3 1) days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been
completed or substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and the Owner shall inspect the work and within said
time, if the work be found to be completed or substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the
Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor his certificate of completion, and thereupon it shall be the
duty of the Owner within thirty-one (3 1) days to issue a certificate of acceptance of the work to the Contractor.
44. FINAL PAYMENT
Upon the issuance of the certificate of completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement and
prepare a final statement of the value of all work performed and materials famished under the terms of the agreement, and
shall certify same to the Owner, who shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31st day after the date of certificate of
completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement, provided he has fully performed his contractual
obligations under the terms of this contract; and said payment shall become due in any event upon said performance by the
f Contractor. Neither the certificate of acceptance nor the final payment, nor any provision; in the contract documents shall
relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the special conditions (if
any) of this contract or required in the specifications made a part of this contract.
71
45. CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT FOR WORK
Contractor shall promptly remove from Owners' premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on
account of failure to conform to the contract, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Contractor shall at his
own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the
contract. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or _
replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written
notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense.
46. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT
Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision in this contract shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for
faulty materials or workmanship, and he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work —
resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. The Owner
or the Owner's Representative shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
47. PAYMENT WITHHELD
The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate to
such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from loss on account of.
(a) Defective work not remedied.
(b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims.
(c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for materials or labor.
(d) Damage to another contractor.
When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, which will
protect the Owner in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.
48. ME OF FILING CLAIMS .
It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in
writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) days after the Owner's Representative has given any
directions, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. The Owners' Representative shall reply to
such written exceptions by the Contractor and render his final decision in writing. In case the Contractor should appeal
from the decision of the Owner's Representative, any demand for arbitration shall be filed with the Owner's Representative
and the Owner in writing within ten (10) days after the date of delivery to Contractor of the final decision of the Owner's
Representative. It is further agreed that final acceptance of the work by the Owner and the acceptance by the Contractor of
the final payment shall be a bar to any claim by either party, except where noted otherwise in the contract documents.
49. ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR
In case the Contractor should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written notification from
the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or if the Contractor fails to comply with the orders of the Owner's Representative,
when such orders are consistent with this contract, this Agreement, or the Specifications hereto attached, then the Surety on
the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the
Contractor.
After receiving said notice of abandonment, the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment,
tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for
work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of
the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra
Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of
such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement.
r
In case the Surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinbefore provided for within ten
(10) days after service of such notice, then the Owner may provide for completion of the work in either of the following
�- elective manners:
(a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said
Owner may deem necessary to complete the work -and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment,
tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the
Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under
and by virtue of this Agreement. In rase such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under
this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference.
In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had
been completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to
the Owner, or
(b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper having a
general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under
substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to
the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost: under this contract, such increase
shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. However, should the cost to
complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work
under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith.
When the work shall have been substantially completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certificates of
completion and acceptance, as provided in paragraph 42 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized
statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and
delivered to Contractor and his Surety, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the
balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certificate of completion.
In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the
cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor
and/or his Surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools,
materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety. Should the cost to
complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety fail to pay the amount due the Owner
within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the
site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the
Contractor and his Surety at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written
notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be
held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect
such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools,
materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety. Such sale
may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any
machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies which remain on the *jobsite and belong to persons other than the
Contractor or his Surety, to their proper owners.
50. ABANDONMENT BY OWNER
In rase the Owner shall fail to comply with the terms of this contract, and should fail or refuse to comply with said terms
within ten (10) days after written notification by the Contractor, then the Contractor may suspend or wholly abandon the
work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools, and equipment, and all materials on the ground that have not been
included in payments to the Contractor and have not been incorporated into the work. Thereupon, the Owner's
Representative shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the Contractor, which estimate shall include the value
of all work actually completed by said Contractor at the prices stated in the the attached proposal, the value of all partially
completed work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or
provided for by the terms of this contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the Contractor
to carry the whole work to completion, and which cannot be utilized. The Owner's Representative shall then make a final
statement of the balance due the Contractor by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the Owner and
all other sums that may be retained by the Owner under the terms of this Agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner
`I a
who shall pay to the Contractor on or before thirty (30) days after the date of the notification by the Contractor the balance
shown by said final statement as due the Contractor, under the terms of this Agreement
51. BONDS
The successful bidder shall be required to furnish a performance bond and payment bond in accordance with Article 5160,
Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes in the amount of 1001% of the total contract price, in the event said contract price exceeds
$25,000.00. If the contract price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All bonds, if -
required, shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to
do business in the State of Texas. And it is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so
furnished.
52. SPECIAL CONDITIONS —
In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict _
with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. ^
53. LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or
from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the same, or from unusual
obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the
Contractor at his own cost and expense. —
54. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
r.
Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to direct, —
supervise, and control his own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The
fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's work during his performance and
to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative
hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent
contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other
person, firm, or corporation. _
55. CLEANING UP
The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises fire from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the
completion of the work he shall remove all such debris and also his tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave
the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may
remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor.
CURRENT WAGEDETERMINATIONS
i
k
DGV:da
i
.�o., f u 1, lull aGDUL
January 8, 1987
Agenda Item #18
RESOLUTION
WHEREAS, the City Council has heretofore established the general
prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft or type of workmen or
mechanics needed to execute public works contracts for the City of Lubbock
in accordance with the provisions of Vernon's Ann.Civ.St., Art. 5159a; and
WHEREAS, such wage rates were established by Resolution No. 719
enacted February 12, 1981, updated by Resolution No. 1590 enacted February
.. 23, 1984; and
c WHEREAS, such rates need to be updated at the
present in order
J, to reflect the current prevailing rate of per diem wages; NOWime THEREFORE:
roll
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for public works
contracts shall be as set forth in the following named exhibits, which
6
exhibits shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof for all intents
and purposes:
Exhibit A: Building Construction Trades
Exhibit 8: Paving and Highway Construction Trades
Exhibit C: Electrical Trades
Exhibit D: Overtime Rate
Exhibit E: Weekend and Holiday Rate
Such wage rates are hereby found and declared to be the general
. prevailing
rate of per diem wages in all localities where public works are undertaken
on behalf of the City of Lubbock and such wage rates shall be included in
all public works contracts as provided by law.
Passed by the City Council this 8th day of January
, 1987.
Ranettc,Boyd, City Secretary "
.-•
APPROVED AT Oh�TENT:
Bi 1 P yne, D rector of Building
Services
i
B.C. MCMINN, MAYOR
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Donald G. Vandiver, First
Assistant City Attorney
EXHIBIT A
City of Lubbock
Building Construction Trades
Prevailing Rates
Craft
Acoustical Ceiling Installer
Air Conditioner Installer
Air Conditioner Installer -Helper
Bricklayer
Bricklayer -Helper
Carpenter
Carpenter -Helper
Cement Finisher
Drywall Hanger
Electrician
Electrician -Helper
Equipment Operator -
Heavy
Light
Floor Installer
Glazier •
Insulator, Piping/Boiler
Insulator -Helper
Iron Worker
Laborer, General
Mortar Mixer
Painter
Plumber
Plumber -Helper
Roofer
Roofer -Helper
Sheet Metal Worker
Sheet Metal Worker -Helper
Welder - Certified
rA
Hourly Rate
$11.60
8.35
5.50
10.50
5.00
11.00
5.50
7.35
8.70
10.50
5.25
8.00
5.70
8.00
7.50
9.50
5.00
7.30
4.75
5.60
8.75
9.25
6.00
7.65
4.75
8.75
5.50
8.00
EXHIBIT B
Paving and Highway Construction
Prevailing Wage Rates
Craft
Asphalt Heaterman
Asphalt Shoveier
Concrete Finisher
Concrete Finisher -Helper
Electrician
Flagger
Form Setter
Form Setter -Helper
Laborer, General
Laborer, Utility
Mechanic
Mechanic -Helper
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS
Asphalt Paving Machine
Bulldozer
Concrete Paving Machinist
Front End Loader
Heavy Equipment Operator
Light Equipment Operator
Motor Grade Operator
Roller
Scraper
Tractor
Truck Driver -
Light
Heavy
Hourly Rate
$5.25
4.75
7.35
4.75
10.50
4.75
6.50
5.50
4.75
5.80
6.50
6.00
6.00
5.25
6.50
5.85
6.40
6.40
8.00
5.25
5.25
5.50
5.25
5.25
EXHIBIT C
Electric Construction Trades
- Prevailing Wage Rates
Craft Hourly Rate
Power Line Foreman $11.00
Lineman Journeyman 10.45
Lineman Apprentice Series 8.90
Groundman Series 7.25
EXHIBIT 0
Prevailing Wage Rates
Overtime Rate
The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) is 1 1/2
times base rate.
EXHIBIT E
Prevailing Wage Rates
Weekend and Holiday Rate
The rate for weekend and holiday is.l 1/2 times base rate.
I II_
� I
1
1
SPECIFICATIONS
t
�k
1 '
n i
O
fV
N
Ib
A
LU Q
O
�t
}
O
W N
it
ro
gt
W
aso
m
I'
W
N
N
N
N
O
G
O
O
G
d'
1A
O
N
O
a0
p�p
i
S'
Y
0
J
Polk
is
Z
,p
u
a
r�
c
}
i
k.
a
�
6
Y
VJ
i`i
It
3
z
w
>
C
U)
N
y
allo
a
Z
W
v
VJ
O
ca
to
a
In
(O
N
f0
fD
a
�
8 ■ § R =
2
I
P
m
�
i
/
§
§
/
k
(
(
§
§ m
Go
co
OD do
Cl!co
GG
G
G
«
§
\ §
V
¥
«
2
I
P
m
�
i
.
e &
§
(
(
§
§ m
2
e I
«
§
m
�
.
e &
§
k
(
e
3
§ m
7
)
§
&
e
3
® $
■ 3
O
�I
4
0). 4 !�: v vC-4 o 9 r 2 v I�
OD
N N 'V' In fOV N N OD (O GD C'4 V' 117
m
Go
Go
Go
m
GD
co
m
co
m
GD
GD
O
w
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
I O
OD
N N 'V' In fOV N N OD (O GD C'4 V' 117
m
Go
Go
Go
m
GD
co
m
co
m
GD
GD
O
w
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
C
C
C
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
C
O
C
`
!•/
In
O
�
r
�
Q1
M
N
1�
�
0
GD
N
Q
Q
r
M
r
cl
M
M
M
P'f
tC
f V
2
J
Ol
N
N l0 Q 1n N N N 01 to (O N.
LL
6
m
ffi
m
m
i
i
> a
u
d
z
Q
a
8
8
8
z
In
to
N
N
N
IA
N
1A
N
UY
1n
N
LO %n
J
`
Ui
7n
tfi
�G
GD
N
Q
R
N
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
p�
A
p�
8
M
2
N l0 Q 1n N N N 01 to (O N.
m
Q
LL
6
m
ffi
m
m
i
i
> a
a
d
z
Q
a
8
8
8
z
In
to
N
N
N
IA
N
1A
N
UY
1n
N
LO %n
`
Ui
7n
tfi
�G
GD
00
GJJD
M
n
J
C�
9C
J
J
J
J
J�J
J
J
m
J
J
Z
Z
Z
�
Z
Z
z
Z
fA
Z
Z Z
m
Q
LL
6
m
ffi
m
m
i
i
> a
a
d
Q
Q
a
8
8
8
z
In
to
N
N
N
IA
N
1A
N
UY
1n
N
LO %n
m
Q
LL
i
m
ffi
m
m
i
i
> a
a
d
Q
Q
a
8
8
8
A c�
In
to
N
N
N
IA
N
1A
N
UY
1n
N
LO %n
N N N N lr7 f0 N Q <
co
N
co
N
co
N
co
N
co
N
co
N
co
N
co
N
co
N
co
N
co
N
w O
N N
O
O
O
O
O
C
G
C
C
C
O
O O
s
f)
>
Z
Z
o9
R
w
�il
s 2
N
N
N
r'
P')
(7
I(1
-7
Q (h
pi V m R 2 2 n R R w R R R
d
d
c
E
z
c
Q
w uj
f)
>
Z
Z
V
>
w
�il
111 W
m
>
bi
to
`
Li
Li
L
�
r
J
Q Q
P
f.+
�6
a
L
r
C
N
n
`o
rn
w
3
a^o
t[p1
w
((p�
J
w
Z
Q
Z
W
Z
Z
V
2
CJ
W
d
d
c
E
E
c
w uj
f)
>
Z
Z
V
>
w
�il
111 W
d
d
w uj
to Lf) O — R to In N N N Ill N N
IR
9
ci
n
v
I
J
f
2
LL'b
Iii
Q
j•
oZ
N
CD
O
W
N
li'1
o
ef'
N
M
c
f�
W N
ci
w
1��p
O
n
100
OAi
R
1�(pf
1n
�Opl
f?
O
Cp��
O
a
y
rn
a
'I
H
OD
N
G
OD
N
C
mCIDCID
N
O
N
C0
N
ao
N
G
co
N
ci
aD
N
C
OD
N
C
Co
N
C
co
N
0
aD
N
G
co
N
O
a
rol
t
1,
Q
C7
O�
�
N
�
�
�
A
OAi
10
f
g
R
ch
M
M
fN7
c'7
M
M
W
Z W
W
ZQ
J
O
co
LLz
c
QU❑
W
ZN
d
Q
8
d
Q
LL
d
Q
LL
<
!pp
U
ami
3w:V
a1Oi
(Qp
p
3
'g
Q°l
c
v
N
)
>
w
4
0
{
Q
6
G
I
ti
ei
%
w
Q
w
w
w
Q
w
>
w
Q
w
w
N3:
d
d
>
3
ITJ
U)
65
ui
it'd
z
rr
'
£
2
t
d
f-
1J
N
Yi
In
In
N
In
In
In
N
N
f'
1
J
H
M M N
_X
(n
co
a
O
w
W
9 rI-5 a 19-
N
N
N
N
CID
N
O
C
O
O
6 G
00
W
>
(7 W
th
th
C4
-
f V
�
M M 99 2 N
$ to m
m n to m
Q �
a' ¢' a' >
1
W 6 W
0
E L L
1n to In O O U')
Q
Q
y
d
Q
Q
Y Q
CJ
W
>
(7 W
Q �
a' ¢' a' >
1
W 6 W
0
E L L
1n to In O O U')
N W
M 16
J J x
0
N � s
QQ x
�q
W
ZW& as
N Q
�? o0
00�
8 VV
co
g8
F o
F-
I r
Q N
0
9
0
1n
r
N C6
r O
O I[7
88
98
s p
00
00
00
9
9
d
O
N
N
2 8 1
T
rl
82
00
>
r
Y
VJ
W
C
N
fA
at
M aD
a
82
00
L
w
w
CDR
a
4
N OV 49 f� 'mow 'NR e
(O f0 f0 (D fD 10 GD �D � � f0 t0 10
C6 N; N
C C 1
O C O O O O O C O O O O O O O O O O O O G O O O O O O O
N
NOno N V M N N N N N
N ���pp O oD (p� `r app � cYi
to W N f� 1� m (D C7 l�) N
Q
�
��+
=
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
4
Y
Q
Y
Z
Q
Q
Q
Z Z
Q Q
>
Z
J
W
J
w
J
Z
8
U)
O>
Z
Q
Ay
O
N
Z
N
J
Z
U)
N N
co V)
u'1
(O f0 f0 (D fD 10 GD �D � � f0 t0 10
C6 N; N
C C 1
O C O O O O O C O O O O O O O O O O O O G O O O O O O O
N
NOno N V M N N N N N
N ���pp O oD (p� `r app � cYi
to W N f� 1� m (D C7 l�) N
Q
Q
Q
�
��+
=
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
4
Y
Q
Y
Z
Q
Q
Q
Z Z
Q Q
>
Z
J
W
J
w
J
Z
8
U)
O>
Z
Q
Ay
O
N
Z
N
J
Z
U)
N N
co V)
Q
Q
Q
�
��+
=
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
4
Y
Q
Y
Z
Q
Q
Q
Z Z
Q Q
(�
?
U)
dS
W
w
Z
2
m
I-
U)
w
Z
d
((a��
S
N
N
(1)
9
Z
C, N
Z
Q
Q
Q
�
��+
=
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
4
Y
Q
Y
Z
Q
Q
Q
Z Z
Q Q
In
N
—
N
N
N
—
•-
N
N
N
N N
I
H
0
VMw
m
CT
N
33 $
a� as =
H
�Ill� W
z d' N Q
8
8 �!N
w
I
4S8
F 0
F
IT
N f7 r CO j p
r 11 N
t°Qi �i tai t°Qi cQi tai c°9i t�+ t°9i t°Pi
98 � � c9i � t9i � 88
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
o � S V
f7 N N fC N {r7 N
N lel 111 l7 {N9 M N N fN7 Q R V' N
PN9 N N N f0 N C7 m N M N
VJ
.0 L ,pa VJ VJ IpO� V) VJ L Y�J. Vl
p` Wi 1T� oY N W N C4
w IM
J J J J J J J
z m z z z z Q fA z z z
c c t .2 L
m m 2 r 2S 23 w N
z i w w
Y Y Y
J
z m m m vJi � eil ih' a z z rn
Z> d d
z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 rn � _ ¢ a'
a a a < a a a a a z m m.
N " N N M — N N N
Q
N f7 r CO j p
r 11 N
t°Qi �i tai t°Qi cQi tai c°9i t�+ t°9i t°Pi
98 � � c9i � t9i � 88
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
o � S V
f7 N N fC N {r7 N
N lel 111 l7 {N9 M N N fN7 Q R V' N
PN9 N N N f0 N C7 m N M N
VJ
.0 L ,pa VJ VJ IpO� V) VJ L Y�J. Vl
p` Wi 1T� oY N W N C4
w IM
J J J J J J J
z m z z z z Q fA z z z
c c t .2 L
m m 2 r 2S 23 w N
z i w w
Y Y Y
J
z m m m vJi � eil ih' a z z rn
Z> d d
z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 rn � _ ¢ a'
a a a < a a a a a z m m.
N " N N M — N N N
r
A 9 (O v 9 2 r a M rON -M P 1 9
f0 fD iD �O (D pO p�
m A N N SI�yO N 01 Qp� T aD QCgp h (pp (0�1 CO 1p�p boy �Ny 1p� O
N dD C� N 0) V OD O l�7 Q 1, W cn N /7 {�O i9 47 T_ < N N 11 W
�-
X. fV fV -7 fV 0 fV 4] Ol 11 <
pp ��pp Cp pp p m O p (O Op pppp mm op pp pp o 1� pp ��pp pp ��pp pp ��pp ��p 11 l�
, N
O O O C
66 66 do 66 66 do 06 do do do do O O
N C r N cr fV CC iC O
lN7 N N M < N N N N fo N N N
OG A $ § C
N — r C6 N
s
' w
Q N E > > N
S N lh Z < W W co N Z N
'0 J = J ,C,JJI J ((gyp J J
W Z (1)a) W W Z Z V Z 2
c o
� 2 W
LU
m 4 >
Q = F = 5 =
N /y
�5 z (1)"/S �s vi tri id
a
>
Q
m
rq
m
a
W
a
a W
�'
M
IL7
IfJ
N
N
N
N
N
co
f0 fD iD �O (D pO p�
m A N N SI�yO N 01 Qp� T aD QCgp h (pp (0�1 CO 1p�p boy �Ny 1p� O
N dD C� N 0) V OD O l�7 Q 1, W cn N /7 {�O i9 47 T_ < N N 11 W
�-
X. fV fV -7 fV 0 fV 4] Ol 11 <
pp ��pp Cp pp p m O p (O Op pppp mm op pp pp o 1� pp ��pp pp ��pp pp ��pp ��p 11 l�
, N
O O O C
66 66 do 66 66 do 06 do do do do O O
N C r N cr fV CC iC O
lN7 N N M < N N N N fo N N N
OG A $ § C
N — r C6 N
s
' w
Q N E > > N
S N lh Z < W W co N Z N
'0 J = J ,C,JJI J ((gyp J J
W Z (1)a) W W Z Z V Z 2
c o
� 2 W
LU
m 4 >
Q = F = 5 =
N /y
�5 z (1)"/S �s vi tri id
11
J
0
d
Q
E
a
>
Q
m
rq
m
a
W
a
a W
�'
M
IL7
IfJ
N
N
N
N
N
11
J
0
d
Q
E
N M N N IA ej I I.
., 1D t0 1D 10 10 10 � 1D � tD f0 fD �O
(p� I� .pII
h ImoI.� ppb ID t0 N 1(171 fD Q r rN f0 W
w N iMf0 f� v {'7 V 1[7 l0 f0 f+ LL'> 01 m O) N N J?w
.- .- C
pp pmp p pp pp �ppp pp pp pp �mp pp ��pp Op �p pp ��pp pp pp p �mp pp ��pp pp f(pp pp ��pp pp II
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
m N N wi
N p
1N7 M M Q N N N M N C7 N N M
a g SW n Ir"i g
YY
L m VJ
zto Ui Q' rn
Li tli rn 8 2 W r E ffi
L N N W
C4 C,4 M y�6j W W Z
Z Z O Z 2 W Z 9 9
y�65
L
N
L
N
{
N
t 6
r
W
{0
N
W
0
W
�
a'
>
� V)
4 C4
W W
Z
fA
Z
(�
Z
W
fn
Z (A
CC
W
., 1D t0 1D 10 10 10 � 1D � tD f0 fD �O
(p� I� .pII
h ImoI.� ppb ID t0 N 1(171 fD Q r rN f0 W
w N iMf0 f� v {'7 V 1[7 l0 f0 f+ LL'> 01 m O) N N J?w
.- .- C
pp pmp p pp pp �ppp pp pp pp �mp pp ��pp Op �p pp ��pp pp pp p �mp pp ��pp pp f(pp pp ��pp pp II
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
m N N wi
N p
1N7 M M Q N N N M N C7 N N M
a g SW n Ir"i g
YY
L m VJ
zto Ui Q' rn
Li tli rn 8 2 W r E ffi
L N N W
C4 C,4 M y�6j W W Z
Z Z O Z 2 W Z 9 9
y�65
L
N
L
N
{
N
t 6
r
W
{0
N
W
0
W
�
a'
>
� V)
4 C4
W W
Z
fA
Z
(�
Z
W
fn
Z (A
Z
a
cr
W
W
�o
W
ED
m
W
Mu
m
W
W
Qd
LL
Q Q
li ii
N
N
N
N
N
r
ca
r
N N
x x
m v
CD
m
a
IS
Q N < 8 0 2 m 0 N :2 2 N
N 1 9
.--Z NM IRS
CCM
-C4
Q
Oo 0o 0o 66 0o 0o 06 0o 0o Oo 66 0o 66 0o
A CD O N l'7 S O N f0 C/1 l� s I N
r m ^ CD N
C N C'1 N t N CCI CV
m
M N N N p w 9 f4 9 A M 8 N
r POI C " M s
C6 C (y
V
m
a
>
r
CDfO
N
a
d
d
N
r
�
i
t
.--Z NM IRS
CCM
-C4
Q
Oo 0o 0o 66 0o 0o 06 0o 0o Oo 66 0o 66 0o
A CD O N l'7 S O N f0 C/1 l� s I N
r m ^ CD N
C N C'1 N t N CCI CV
m
M N N N p w 9 f4 9 A M 8 N
r POI C " M s
C6 C (y
a
L L
C4 (n w w m i-�{' (' , Z w
V
m
a
>
s
a
d
d
072
J
N
Z
L
J
Z
w
W
Z
w
J
V�£jJ
1�
W
J
2
5
'2(v�
N
Z
co
OR
'Q
J
2
Q
J
2
� M
Z w
J
10
a
L L
C4 (n w w m i-�{' (' , Z w
>
m
a
>
a
a
d
d
072
E
d
a-
a'
m
Q-
ya
@
a
Z
O
�C>5
C
c�
0
z
:2
i
W a
(h
Cl)
N
N
N
-
M
N
@
In
- N
x x
v m
5
N N
a� as
w� a w
ILZ
d' N
Q
u
w y d
g A8
g -cm8
c
�i
r
L
H
CD
IT
N A co In
IN
f0 fD fD (O f0 (O (D f0 (O f0 (D fD f0
11
0 C4 eq
t
RA SA RA 88 RA 88 82 88 98 RA 99 sp 99 sp
6d O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 6d O O 0 0 O O
co N
M 9 (N7 9 M R M CP 2 p N R 9
w CN
z ? > > S > > 9 (W > S
z
A
A
Y
Y
N
ot1
<
Q
Y
7
<
?
In
<
of
N
r
.0
OV'
od
D
z
r
G
YY
C
z
0
N
w
�pp�.
tp$�
(qpO
z
z
z
to
z
U
U
fA
U
w CN
z ? > > S > > 9 (W > S
z
A
A
Y
Y
N
ot1
<
Q
@
7
<
?
In
<
of
N
Q Q
ii
O < v N N N 10 8 Q 10 8 rQ M
t0 10 M N Q END ^ (6 O N
ID ID t0 10 (D t0 f0 10 10 lD t0 ID i0
1E1 N EO N W UY LO N l'7 < Ill A �I
fV II
00 do 00 00 00 00 do 00 od do 00 do do do
N ! EDED O �f OW— < N 115 g
0 Q M fV wi n Ile wi ui
A 7 n Pi PNS 9 4 M M M p INh N
N W fD 1N 1l5 W NW Q ED 10
PJ 11- r r r in
6
x
r
b
d
a
¢
al
8
piE
LM
0
W
fx
w
Z
!p
O
Z
O
N
_4
Vi+
L
Ir
Cn
N
Z
04
W
In
Q
t0 N
O
�p9
L
V
cli
'S
xLx
£gyp
[y05
iU
L
N
ED
d�
CO
W
I_ V
W
(A
fn
w
z
z
>
z
Z
z
Z
z w
6
x
b
d
a
¢
al
8
piE
LM
0
W
fx
w
Z
!p
w
Z-
O
N
_4
Vi+
L
Ir
Cn
N
Z
04
W
In
Q
t0 N
A
11
J
Fa-
L
LL
CD
E)
if
x
d
a
¢
al
8
piE
LM
0
V
N
N
O
V
R
N
117
N
r
Q
t0 N
A
11
J
Fa-
L
LL
CD
E)
if
7
a
v
cQi,
do do do do 66 do do do do O O 60 66 do do
t0 N 1C f7 O tV N O <
m
Q d m
m a> �
r c g �_
C-44 C r -c w
L° o
m
LU w LU
V1 fA flJ C, J J
W W- R
�
d
Q
>
>
Q
Q
Q
d
y
ui
a(i
z
d
z
w=j
r
§
LU
W
Q
w
>
>
Q
Q/
>
c -d
m
Q d m
m a> �
r c g �_
C-44 C r -c w
L° o
m
LU w LU
V1 fA flJ C, J J
W W- R
�
d
Q
>
>
Q
Q
d
y
Z
Y
A
N
A
As
g
g
� Ri
N
r
N
Q
R
Q
co
CO
co
—
CD
N N
U)
co
a
V
r
n
OD
N Nf O nj ii lh
11
Oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
1� n o
io ao . a bi t6
fG f'7 G 1
iV lh 17 l+1 V fV R t6
R
V N N N N N N N N R A N m
C4 r g 9 �
C -
d
a
> L
a a d m a -Za
CC
w N N J O a a C V J Ld Z
,. a vic7 $ z J5a w
J j J wo J J J
w 3 w �u w [u w w
m d
-5
a> d > a>
>a>
w �WaC
w w W 5 > 9 W W
.L,. V) V/ L V! VJ V) VJ VJ VJ VJ Vl
WW C4 W N N N N N N N N
N Cl) N N M Cl) M M M In N kc)
Tma�
"II
a
N N
1n pz �I cq
�i tai, t9i tai, �i, �i c9i, t°fli, c�, c°R t9i s 1p Rig 8, 9 88 RA RR
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Eli Ir r r N I ao
CD N N w t0 N O w m N N l0 f0
N {'7 M N N CJ N N N {� {h N N
110
N f C (7 < M M W) R en cn C�'D
a> a ¢>
> gg
¢ E Z J Z Y Y ¢
g m
<m
li w a' wwp fi � ¢' �pwp w
WW (J W S l��L U Z
m
> m
a a > > a a> Q
Z
W-
65
VJ
6: bi to tri
N M L L R
�y C N L L In
W N N N N N W N N N w w W
N 1n N N N 1n N N N In N N N
if
N
r r Q7 •M- l'� O^1 N f7
vg NON OM N ON 0
2 &t /h �i Onf N II Q
N m fV IA 11 N
C G 11
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
W V' N
C4 l'7 M LL'! fV OD vi M
N N N N N M N M N N M
f0 O M O 0 m
r N
a
a
a
Q
Q
N
W
2
d
d
j
t
w
L
W W
z
a
v'
N
z
N
N
m
d
w
w
N
w
til
w
w
w
w
w
>
t
Q
Q
N
W
j
d
d
j
t
w
L
W W
t
t
N
N
W
N
W
C-4
W
C4
W
W
t
w
L
W W
1A
N
N
N
N
N
M
N
N
N
N
N N
x x
v d
M
Ln 1i
a(n QQ =
MW 6-C
2N
O �
�wLO
v�
8 �N
D
8
O
N N
N
N N N N N
Q y Q Q d S Q M ) >
Q Q Q O Q
®1 'w Q 33i
> d m > m
E g'
W W O W w w
LU
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
A
w
9
w
v
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
1[J
s
M
N
N N N N N
Q y Q Q d S Q M ) >
Q Q Q O Q
®1 'w Q 33i
> d m > m
E g'
W W O W w w
LU
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
A
w
9
w
v
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N N
N
II
C
C
C
0 0
O O
O O
O O
O O
O O
0 0
O O
O O
O O
0 0
O O
0 0
O O
O
o
se
9
s
�
r
N
Il
f V
N
l")
r
W
N N N N N
Q y Q Q d S Q M ) >
Q Q Q O Q
®1 'w Q 33i
> d m > m
E g'
W W O W w w
LU
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
A
w
9
w
v
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N N
pi N'1 N M % 8 v < m s A In I Q
M f`N7 M M N M M l'7 M t7 M 'N7 l�!
N N N N N f0 O
N
tNp!
g
w
1 )r
1[)
uv,
1!7
d
9
EL
>
1 i
-P
N
jZ
W
d
Q
i
Q
i
Q
Q
C
a
>
a
w
W
b
Q
a
J
W
QJ
J
W
> Q
w
J Q
J
� W
n I id
M f`N7 M M N M M l'7 M t7 M 'N7 l�!
N N N N N f0 O
N
tNp!
g
w
1 )r
1[)
uv,
1!7
d
9
EL
>
07
Q
to
c7
d
Q
W
N
jZ
W
d
Q
i
Q
i
Q
Q
C
a
>
a
w
W
b
Q
a
J
W
QJ
J
W
> Q
w
J Q
J
� W
11'1
C
1 p09
m O
N c�pV
t0
11� 10
lh
1O
f0
f0
N py��
< 1f1
1� �
l'7
p0
O
N
17
t�p1 1+q1 �1 N
® 11 11 �
Ol N
l�
m
ID
'
N 11
N
� N
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
It"
ID
N
C'
Il')
O
(
/h
C
'7
pD
N
N
fV
/'/
•f
1n
R
p7
M f`N7 M M N M M l'7 M t7 M 'N7 l�!
N N N N N f0 O
N >
� d Q
a a
> a' a FQe to v) m IX
J W J J J J J
C-4 W W > W W W 3 3
Y
N
tNp!
g
w
1 )r
1[)
uv,
1!7
d
9
EL
>
07
Q
to
c7
d
Q
W
N
jZ
W
d
Q
i
Q
i
Q
Q
C
a
>
a
w
W
b
Q
a
J
W
QJ
J
W
> Q
w
J Q
J
� W
N >
� d Q
a a
> a' a FQe to v) m IX
J W J J J J J
C-4 W W > W W W 3 3
Y
N
tNp!
g
w
1 )r
1[)
uv,
1!7
9
N
Q
N
N
1n
dI
f"1
1t)
l`7
1n
lh
N IA
}
� U
rb
W v
t7
Ow�yy N
F— M
C)
CL
CO)
Q
Q
F
�I
x x
m m
JS x
0
a� a¢ _
0
Zw z
ZJ
w� as
Z06 N�
Fc P-
00
$
8
g �N
� w
Q
ru
w
a
f0 t0 cD � fD �O fD (D � fD c0 c�
r r r r r r r 11
r. nj ;4:
p f�
p f7
M lel 82 Mcg
00 00 0o 0o 0o 0o ao 0o 0o 0o 0o 0o 0o 0o
cV c0 .— 7 c7 co c0 Q < N <
�( V Q � � N C
1 N (V N
a
Q m m Q m a m � Q Q ¢ •�
W 0 'O
ky
to 3w w
&i
LL
to
b'i
m
�i
Si
Li
Z'i
Ui
S'i
m
m
W
QQp
m
O
W
W
IV
Q
W
W
Q
W
>
W
W
m
A
g
W
w
V 9
a
Q m m Q m a m � Q Q ¢ •�
W 0 'O
ky
to 3w w
&i
to
to
b'i
U
�i
Si
Li
Z'i
Ui
S'i
rri �
C
C
C
N
ad
N
'C
?
atf
a
a8
R'!
v
v
N
N
N
N
i�
x x
d W
I
3 S
O O
aru as =
Z
zw
wI as
Z x N !
O
�~U 9
w u,
8
8 C4
N
Ui w
8
O
f -
ru
A N N fh N O O Q 01 N
O c
� t0 QD O r
Qq
O O O O O O O O O O 0 0 C O 0 0 O O O O O O O O O O O O
I,: N - N P9 fV r Of
p 9 M M PNM 4 8 R ("n p p 99 a
in 0 g A Q 8 8 8 2 A 8 8§
N
Q
d
W
W
(n
�
fQ
Wrobfn
p
f0
� t0 QD O r
Qq
O O O O O O O O O O 0 0 C O 0 0 O O O O O O O O O O O O
I,: N - N P9 fV r Of
p 9 M M PNM 4 8 R ("n p p 99 a
in 0 g A Q 8 8 8 2 A 8 8§
N
as izv; io 65 65 iz
c f m
< U*) O tn Q In eT 1n V < O to to
Q
d
W
W
(n
�
fQ
Wrobfn
p
as izv; io 65 65 iz
c f m
< U*) O tn Q In eT 1n V < O to to
n
J
M
Z
F
o
F
0
O
z
O
3
J
n
co
P
n u
I
Q
Q
of
c
l!I
H
F
1
O
O
CN
c tai
i1 A �
ID
J
W
II
11
SIR
N
r
f°V
c� ci
M p 8
88
do 66
O
O
O
o o
O O
O O
n
m II
m
C
C7f 11
11
�
11 11
11 n 11 t-
N
N
N 11
N II
co
aD
o
N
p� II n
N
II
I'
N
�
11 O) 1 11np�
tl
II
11 N
II 01
11
�I
�1 11
n
J
M
Z
F
o
F
0
O
z
O
3
J
J
�
�
Q
Q
Q
H
F
O
O
J
W
-
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
1. GENERAL
The following paragraphs give the specifications on the
various materials which are to be used in this project On
minor items a certificate from the manufacturer may be
required, certifying that the material or equipment meets the
specifications for such material as specified herein. All
materials shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer
before being used.
2. CONCRETE
A. Cement
Cement shall conform to "Standard Specifications and Test
for Portland Cement, "A.S.T.M." Serial Designation C150,
Type I and Type III, and shall be an approved brand.
B. Aggregate
Description
Concrete aggregates shall consist of natural, washed and
screened sand, and washed and screened gravel or clean
crushed stone conforming to "Standard Specification for
Concrete Aggregate, "A.S.T.M. Serial Description C-33-39
and item No. 360 of the Texas State Highway
Specifications. Coarse aggregate for Class "C" Concrete
(Street Paving) shall be crushed limestone (Brownwood
Type). The aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to
fine and shall be free from injurious amount of clay, soft
or flaky materials, loam or organic impurities. All
aggregate shall be approved by the Engineer before use.
Maximum size of aggregate shall be 1-1/2 inches. Aggregate
for concrete construction proposed to be used in this
project shall have a loss not to exceed 18% when subjected
to 5 cycles of the Magnesium Sulfate soundness test
A.S.T.M. Designation C-88-90.
Stockpiles
The location of all stockpiles of aggregate shall be
approved by the Engineer prior to unloading as to zoning
requirements, smoothness and compaction of the ground, and
traffic conditions. Stockpiles of aggregate to be
incorporated into the project shall be protected from dust
by drift fences of any suitable material approved by the
Engineer, when sandstorm possibilities exist. Care will be
r
taken to prevent dusty conditions in the stockpile area
from any sources.
C. Water
Water shall be clean, clear, free from oil, acidororganic
matter and free from injurious amounts of alkali, salts or
other chemicals.
D. Concrete Materials -Test
Pre -Construction Tests
The contractor will submit test certificates from an
approved commercial laboratory on all aggregates proposed
for use on this work. Tests should be made approximately
20 days before beginning the concrete operation.
The contractor will submit in advance of construction the
design mix and the result of compression tests made by a
commercial laboratory. These will be made on each type of
concrete mix design proposed for use on this project..
Tests shall be made on 6 cylinders for each mix, 3 tested
in 3 or 7 days, 3 tested at 7 or 28 days. Additional tests
shall be furnished if material source is changed or if
concrete used varies from the original design.
The Engineer.shall approve the mix design after the pre -
construction tests have been completed.
Construction Tests
Tests of the aggregates and the concrete will be made by
the Engineer during construction to determine conformity
with the specifications. Test cylinders will be made in
accordance with the Method of Making and Curing Concrete
Compression and Flexure Test.Specimens in the Field (ASTM
Designation C-31). The specimens shall be cured under
standard moisture and temperature conditions in accordance
with requirements of ASTM C-31.
Strength tests shall be made, in general, for each day's
run or for each 50 cubic yards of concrete if a day's run
greatly exceeds this amount but these.tests may be made
entirely at the discretion of the Engineer. Strength tests
on Class °C" Concrete shall be made for approximately each
30 cubic yards or every third truck on each day's run. The
costs of all such testing will be borne by the City but the
Contractor shall cooperate in securing and storing samples
and shall furnish all materials required for sampling.
Iv -2
The result of the 7 or 28 day strength tests shall be used
as the basis for accepting or rejecting the concrete
represented.
The results of the 3 or 7 day strength tests will be
compared with the 3 or 7 day strength of the
preconstruction test cylinders for the type and slump of
the concrete being produced. Should the 3 or 7 day
strengths indicate a deficiency in the 7 or 28 day
strengths, the Engineer may require a temporary change in
proportions to correct such deficiency. Such change shall
remain in effect until the 7 or 28 day strength of the
material in question is determined, at which time the
change shall become permanent or shall be rescinded,
depending upon the results of the 7 or 28 day test.
The engineer shall record the delivery ticket number for
the concrete and the exact location in the work at which
each load represented by a strength test is deposited.
E. Concrete Design
Concrete conforming to these specifications may be "Ready
Mix" but transporting vehicles shall be operated such as to
insure delivery and placement in forms without loss or
segregation of ingredients and within one hour of mixing
time. Continuous mixing during transit will be insisted
upon.
Mix Design
All concrete for curb and gutter, valley gutters, fillets
and alley stubs, alley slabs, drainage channels, inlet
boxes, headwalls, and medians shall be Class A concrete
with 5t air entrainment (±1-1/2t tolerance). The concrete
IV -3
i'
A strength test shall consist of five standard test
cylinders made from a composite sample obtained in
accordance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C-172.
Two of the cylinders shall be tested at 3 or 7 days and at
7 or 28 days. The fifth cylinder shall be held available
for subsequent testing, if determined necessary by the
Engineer. The test result shall be the average of the two 7
or 28 day specimens, except that, if one specimen in the
test shows manifest evidence of improper sampling, molding,
r'
or testing, it shall be discarded and the remaining two
strengths averaged. Should more than one specimen
representing a given test show definite defects, due to
r
improper sampling, molding or testing, the entire test
f
shall be discarded.
The result of the 7 or 28 day strength tests shall be used
as the basis for accepting or rejecting the concrete
represented.
The results of the 3 or 7 day strength tests will be
compared with the 3 or 7 day strength of the
preconstruction test cylinders for the type and slump of
the concrete being produced. Should the 3 or 7 day
strengths indicate a deficiency in the 7 or 28 day
strengths, the Engineer may require a temporary change in
proportions to correct such deficiency. Such change shall
remain in effect until the 7 or 28 day strength of the
material in question is determined, at which time the
change shall become permanent or shall be rescinded,
depending upon the results of the 7 or 28 day test.
The engineer shall record the delivery ticket number for
the concrete and the exact location in the work at which
each load represented by a strength test is deposited.
E. Concrete Design
Concrete conforming to these specifications may be "Ready
Mix" but transporting vehicles shall be operated such as to
insure delivery and placement in forms without loss or
segregation of ingredients and within one hour of mixing
time. Continuous mixing during transit will be insisted
upon.
Mix Design
All concrete for curb and gutter, valley gutters, fillets
and alley stubs, alley slabs, drainage channels, inlet
boxes, headwalls, and medians shall be Class A concrete
with 5t air entrainment (±1-1/2t tolerance). The concrete
IV -3
mix design shall be based on water -cement ratio, and shall
be as follows for the different classes of concrete.
Minimum Sacks Max. Gal. Max. Slump
Class Cement per C Y Water per sack in inches
A 5 6.5 4
C 6 6 3
E 5.5 5.5 3
F 6. 5.5 2
The concrete mix design for the different classes shall
also be such that the compressive and flexural strength for
each class shall not be less than the following:
Minimum Average for
Class any test
3 day 7day beam strength 28 da
A --- 2100 --- 3000
C --- - 3000 600 3600
E 2500 3000 - ---
F 2900 3500 --- ---
Any concrete failing to meet these strength requirements or
air content shall be removed and replaced.
Low Strength Concrete
Any class of concrete incorporated in any part of the
project which does not meet the strength requirements
specified above, shall be considered low strength concrete.
Low strength concrete shall be removed and replaced at the
expense of the Contractor.
The Engineer shall determine the exact limits of any low -
strength concrete required to be removed and replaced under
the provisions of this paragraph. The methods to be used
in removing and replacing such concrete shall be approved
by the Engineer.
F. Classification
Unless otherwise shown on the plans: Class A concrete
shall be used for curb and gutter, drainage channels,
medians, inlet boxes, headwalls and sidewalks; Class C
concrete shall be used for concrete paving and valley
gutters constructed in thoroughfare and collector streets;
Class E concrete shall be used for valley gutters on
streets other than thoroughfares and collectors and for
IV -4
alley returns, alley paving and reinforced gutter sections;
Class F concrete is used for railroad sections.
G. Mixing
All aggregates shall be accurately weighed or measured by
volume. The concrete shall be mixed in an approved batch
mixer equipped with an accurate water measuring tank, and
shall be mixed for one and one-half minutes after all
material is in the mixer. "Ready Mixed" or "Transit
Mixed" concrete may be used. If used it shall conform to
these specifications and the "Standard Specifications for
Ready Mixed Concrete," A.S.T.M. Serial Designation C94-38
and Item No. 502 of the Texas State Highway Specifications.
After mixing, the concrete shall be transported to the
forms in a manner which will prevent separation or
segregation of the aggregates and shall be placed without
undue delay. It shall be deposited as nearly as
practicable in its final position in order to avoid
rehandling or flowing of the concrete. No water shall be
added to the concrete to facilitate finishing.
H. Curing Compounds
Compounds used to form an air tight membrane over fresh
concrete surface for curing purposes shall conform to Item
526, Texas State Highway Specifications and "A.S.T.M."
Serial Designation C-309.
3. REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Wire Mesh
Wire mesh reinforcing shall conform to "Standard
Specifications for Welded Steel Fabric for Concrete
Reinforcement" ASTM Designation A-185.
Mesh reinforcement shall be of the size shown on the plans.
All reinforcement shall be permanently marked with grade
identification marks or shall, on delivery, be accompanied
by a manufacturer's guarantee of grade and compliance with
these specifications. Reinforcement stored on the site
shall be protected from accumulations of grease, mud or
other foreign matter and from rust producing conditions and
shall be free from rust, scale, oil, mud or structural
defects when incorporated into alley slab, or valley
gutters.
r
F - IV -5
B. Bar Reinforcing
Reinforcing steel to be used on this project shall conform
to A.S.T.M. Designation A-432 and shall be deformed to
A.S.T.M. 305 requirements unless otherwise shown on the
plans.
C. Fiber Reinforcing
(1) The fiber used shall be 100 percent virgin
polypropylene collated, fibrillated fibers
specifically manufactured for use as concrete
reinforcement, containing no reprocessed olefin
materials.
(2) The physical characteristics of the fiber to
be used is as follows: Specific Gravity -0.91;
Tensile Strength - 70 to 110 ksi; Length of
fibers - 1/211.
(3) Fibrous concrete reinforcement materials
provided by this section shall produce concrete
conforming to the requirements for each type and
class of concrete listed in Section IV -2-E.
Quantities to be used shall conform to
manufacturer's recommendations, unless otherwise
directed by the Engineer.
4. JOINT MATERIAL
A. Expansion Joint Materials
Bituminous premolded expansion joint material shall conform
to Item No. 420.2.(a) of the Texas State Highway Department
Specifications.
Expansion joints shall be placed as shown on the plans or
as directed by the Engineer.
B. Joint Sealing Material
Joint sealing material shall be W.R. Meadows sof-seal.or
approved equivalent
5. FORMS
Forms for curb and gutter and alley paving may be of wood or
metal, of a section satisfactory to the Engineer, straight,
IV -6
free of warp, and a depth equal to the depth of the concrete
section formed. Forms shall be constructed accurately to the
line and grade as established in the field, shall be
adequately braced so that they will not move during the
placing of the concrete, and shall remain in place at least
twelve (12) hours after placing concrete. Forms shall be
oiled with a light oil before each use and forms which are to
be re -used shall be cleaned immediately after each use and
maintained in good condition. Curb forms shall be such that
the face of the curb can be formed by use of a face form held
in place by steel templates. Forms used for curb shall meet
all of the above specifications, except that face forms on
curb radii may be omitted if a true section and an accurate
flow can be obtained by other methods approved by the
Engineer. In no case will a concrete pour be started without
the approval of the Engineer. No forms shall be placed until
the subgrade is within inch (111) of its finished grade. Forms
for alley slabs may be used as a guide for screeding. Where
longitudinal construction joints are required, the form shall
be so constructed as to provide a 1-1/8 inch "V" shaped groove
in the face.
6. FLEXIBLE BASE (CALICHE)
A. Description
"Flexible Base (Caliche)" shall consist of a foundation
course for surface course or for other base courses. It
shall be composed of caliche and stone materials and shall
be constructed as herein specified in one or more courses
in conformity with the typical sections shown on plans and
to the lines and grades as established by the Engineer.
B. Material
(1) The material for the base course shall consist of
argillaceous limestone, calcareous or calcareous clay
particles, conglomerate, gravel, sand or other granular
materials. The material source shall be approved by
the Engineer. All the acceptable material shall be
crushed and returned to the screened material again in
such manner that a uniform product will be produced.
Samples for testing the material shall be taken prior
to the compaction operations.
(2) The material will conform to the requirements:
Sieve Size 2" 1-1/2" 7/8" 1/2" #4 #40
-------------------------------------------------------
%- retained 0 0-5 8-30 30-55 50-70 70-90
IV -7
Material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be know as
"Soil Binder" and shall meet the following requirements
when prepared in accordance with Test Method Tex 101-E
procedure:
Liquid Limit 45 maximum; plasticity
Index - 15 maximum, 3 minimum; and,
Linear Shrinkage - 10 maximum
-(3) Wet Ball Mill Test of Flexible Base Material
The material, when tested in accordance with Texas
Method 116-E, shall have a maximum allowable value of
55.
7. ASPHALT STABILIZED BASE -PLANT MIX (THD Item 292)
A. Description
This item shall consist of base courses to be composed of a _
compacted mixture of graded gravel base material from
sources approved by the Engineer, (Once the source is
selected the contractor will not change to another source
without the Engineer's approval) and asphaltic material,
mixed hot in an approved mixing plant. The percent asphalt
shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with Test
Method Tex 126-E and Tex 204-F or other established _
procedures.
B. Materials
(1) Mineral Aggregate (Graded Gravel)
The material shall be crushed and shall be screened as
necessary to meet the requirements hereinafter
specified and shall consist of durable aggregate
particles otherwise specified below.
(2) Stockpiling Storage Proportioning and Mixina
Stockpiling of Aggregates. Prior to the mixing
operations with asphaltic material, processed mineral
aggregate shall be stockpiled on an area previously
cleared of trash, weeds and grass and smoothed as
directed by the Engineer. The aggregate stockpiles
shall be not less than 10 feet in height and
constructed in layers not exceeding 18 inches in depth
or as directed by the Engineer. The plant shall have
and maintain at least a two day supply of aggregate on
hand unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
Material shall be stockpiled in such a manner as to —
prevent segregation of aggregate and mixing of
Iv -A
i
f, aggregate from stockpiles and/or other sources. The
gradation requirements for the individual stockpiles
'•* and proportioning from these stockpiles will be the
'E contractor's responsibility.
C. Asphaltic Materials
Asphalt for the paving mixture shall be of the type as
determined by the Engineer and shall meet the requirements
of Item 300, THD Specs, 1982 "Asphalt, Oils, and
Emulsions." The grade of asphalt used shall be designated
by the Engineer. The contractor shall notify the Engineer
of the source of his asphaltic material prior to design or
production of the asphaltic mixture and this source shall
not be changed during the course of the project, except
when authorized by the Engineer.
(1) Asphaltic Stabilized Mixture
The mixture shall consist of a uniform mixture of
mineral aggregate and asphaltic material. The mineral
7 IV -9
(3) Gradation
Unless otherwise specified, the grading of the mineral
aggregate shall conform to the limitations as shown
below:
This mixture shall meet the T.H.D. 1982 Specification
PM
Item (292)
Grade 4 -- Grading requirements percent retained -sieves
1-1/211 7/811 1/211 #4 #40
0 8-30 30-55 50-70 70-90
Material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be known as
"Soil Binder" and shall meet the following requirements
when prepared in accordance with the Test Methods Tex
�..
-101-E procedure:
The liquid limit shall not exceed................45
The plasticity index shall not exceed ............ 15
The linear shrinkage shall not exceed ............ 05
Samples for testing the material shall be taken prior
PW
to the mixing operations. Where more than one material
is used, tests will be on the combined materials.
The mineral aggregate shall not contain more than 0.5%
moisture prior to entering the pugmill for mixing with
asphalt.
C. Asphaltic Materials
Asphalt for the paving mixture shall be of the type as
determined by the Engineer and shall meet the requirements
of Item 300, THD Specs, 1982 "Asphalt, Oils, and
Emulsions." The grade of asphalt used shall be designated
by the Engineer. The contractor shall notify the Engineer
of the source of his asphaltic material prior to design or
production of the asphaltic mixture and this source shall
not be changed during the course of the project, except
when authorized by the Engineer.
(1) Asphaltic Stabilized Mixture
The mixture shall consist of a uniform mixture of
mineral aggregate and asphaltic material. The mineral
7 IV -9
aggregate will conform to the gradation requirements
specified. The asphaltic material shall form from 4 to
9% percent of the mixture by weight. The design
percent asphalt shall be determined in accordance with
Test Method Tex. -126-E or Test Method Tex. -204-F and
procedures outlined in the SDHPT Bulletin C-14. The
percent of asphalt in the mix shall be determined by
Extraction ASTM D-2172, ASTM D-4125 Method of Test for
asphalt content by Nuclear Method, Test Method Tex -210
-F or Test Method Tex. -126-F.
(2) Tack Coat
Asphaltic materials shall meet the requirements of the
Item, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions THD Item 30011, as
approved by the Engineer.
(3) Tolerances
The Engineer will designate the asphalt content to be used
in the mixture after design tests have been made with the
aggregate to be used in the project. When tested as
determined by the Engineer, samples of the mixture shall
not vary from the asphalt content designated by the
Engineer by more than 0.2 percent dry weight (based on
total mixture).
Asphaltic concrete pavement and asphaltic stabilized base
shall be machine layed and the equipment shall meet the
requirements of THD 1982 specifications Item 528.
Automatic screed controls for concrete spreading and
finishing machines.
8. EQUIPMENT - MIXING PLANTS BLACK BASE AND HOT -MIX
All equipment for the handling of all materials and mixing and
placing of the mixture shall be maintained in good repair and
operating condition and subject to approval of the Engineer.
Any equipment found to be defective and affecting the quality
of the mixture will be replaced.
Mixing plants may be the weigh -batch type or the continuous
mixing type or the drum mix type. All types of plants shall be
equipped with satisfactory conveyors, power units, aggregate
handling equipment, bins and dust collectors and shall consist
of the following essential pieces of equipment.
When requested by the Engineer, weigh -batch and continuous
types of mixing plants shall be equipped with automatic
proportioning devices in accordance with the Item, "Weighing
and Measuring Equipment." If automatic recording devices are
IV -10
r
required by the plans, they shall be in accordance with the
THD Item, "Weighing and Measuring Equipment."
A. Weich-Batch Type
(1) Cold Aggregate Bin and Proportioning Device
The number of compartments in the cold aggregate bin
shall be equal to or'greater than the number of
stockpiles of individual materials to be used.
The bin shall be of sufficient size to share the amount
of aggregate required to keep the plant in continuous
operation and of proper design to prevent overflow of
material from one compartment to another. The
proportioning device shall be such as will provide a
uniform and continuous flow of aggregate in the desired
proportioning in a separate compartment.
(2) Dryer
The dryer shall be the type that continually agitates
the aggregate during heating and in which the
temperature can be so controlled that the aggregate
will not be injured in the necessary drying and heating
operations required to obtain a mixture of the
specified temperature. The burner, or combination of
burners', and type of fuel used shall be such that in
the process of heating the aggregate to the desired or
specified temperature, no residue from the fuel shall
adhere to the heated aggregate. A recording thermometer
shall be provided which will record the temperature of
the aggregate prior to the mixing operation. The dryer
shall be of sufficient size to keep the plant in
continuous operation.
(3) Screening and Proportioning
The screening capacity and size of the hot aggregate
bins shall be sufficient to screen and store the amount
of aggregate required to properly operate the plant and
to keep the plant in continuous operation at full
capacity. The hot bins shall be constructed so that
oversize and overload material will be discarded
through overflow chutes. Provisions shall be made to
enable inspection forces to have easy and safe access
to the proper location on the mixing plant where
representative samples may be taken from. the hot bins
for testing. The plant shall be equipped with at least
three hot bins. The aggregate shall be separated into
the number of bins indicated on the plans or as
directed by the Engineer.
(4) Aggregate Weigh Box and Batching Scales
The aggregate weigh box and batching scales shall be of
sufficient capacity to hold and weigh.a complete batch
of aggregate. The weigh box and scales shall conform to
the requirements of T.H.D. Item 520,1982, "Weighing and
Measuring Equipment."
(5) Asphaltic Material Bucket and Scale
The asphaltic material bucket and scales shall be of
sufficient capacity to hold and weigh the necessary
asphaltic material for one batch. If the material is
,measured by weight, the bucket and scales shall conform
to the requirements of the Item, "Weighing and
Measuring Equipment." If a pressure type flow meter is
used to measure the asphaltic material, the
requirements of T.H.D. Item 520, 1982, "Weighing and
Measuring Equipment," shall apply .
(6) Mixer
The mixer shall be of the pug mill type and shall have
a capacity of not less than 3,000 pounds (of natural
aggregate mixture)in a single batch, unless otherwise
shown on the plans. The, number and position of blades
shall provide a uniform mix. The mixer shall be
equipped with an approved spray bar that will
distribute the asphaltic material quickly and uniformly
throughout the mixer. Any mixer that segregates the
mineral aggregate or fails to secure a thorough and
uniform mixture with asphaltic material shall not be
used. This shall be determined by mixing the standard
batch for the required time, then dumping the mixture,
taking samples from its different parts and testing by
Test Method Tex -210-F to show that the batch is uniform
throughout. All mixers shall be provided with an
automatic time lock that will lock the discharge doors
of the mixer for the required mixing period. The dump
door or doors and the shaft seals of the mixer shall be
tight enough to prevent spilling of aggregate or
mixture from the mixer.
(7) Surge -Storage System
A surge -storage system may be used. It shall be
adequate to minimize production interruptions during
the normal day's operation. A device such as a gob
hopper or other similar devices approved by the
Engineer to prevent segregation in the surge -storage
bin will be required. If the Contractor elects to use a
IV -12
surge -storage system, scales conforming to the
requirements outlined herein will be required.
(8) Scales
Scales may be standard platform truck scales or other
equipment such as weigh hopper (suspended) scales
approved by the Engineer. All scales shall conform to
the item, "Weighing and Measuring Equipment". If trucks
scales are used, they shall be placed at a location
approved by the Engineer. If other weighing equipment
is used, the Engineer may require weight checks by
truck scales for the basis of approval of the
equipment.
B. Continuous Mixing Type
(1) Cold Aggregate Bin and Proportioning Devic
Same as for weigh -batch type of plant.
(2 ) Dryer
Same as for weigh -batch type of plant.
(3) Screening and Proportioning
Same as for weigh -batch type of plant.
(4) Hot Aggregate Bin
The hot bins shall be so constructed that oversize
and overload material will be discarded through an
overflow chute. Hot aggregate bins that become
deficient in material shall activate a switch that
automatically stops the plant until proper
adjustments are made.
(5 ) Hot AcrgrecTate Proportioning Device
The hot aggregate proportioning device shall be so
designed that when properly operated, a uniform and
continuous flow of aggregate into the mixer will be
maintained.
(6) Asphaltic Material Spray Bar
The asphaltic material spray bar shall be so
designed that the asphalt will spray uniformly and
continuously into the mixer.
IV -13
(7) Asphaltic Material Meter
An asphaltic material recording meter meeting the
requirements of the Item, "Weighing and Measuring
Equipment", shall be placed in the asphalt line
leading to the spray bar so that the cumulative
amount of asphalt used can be accurately
determined. Provisions of a permanent nature shall
be made for checking the accuracy of the meter
output. The asphalt meter and line to the meter
shall be protected with a jacket of hot oil or
other approved means to maintain the temperature of
the line and meter at or near that temperature
specified for the asphaltic material. Unless
otherwise shown on the plans, the temperature of
the asphaltic material entering the recording meter
shall be maintained at ± 10OF of the temperature at
which the asphalt metering pump was calibrated and
set. Inability to maintain this tolerance in
temperature shall result in an adjustment of the
pay quantity for the asphaltic material.
If a pressure type flow meter is used to measure
the asphaltic material, the requirements of the
Item, "Weighing and Measuring Equipment", shall
apply.
(8) Mixer
The mixer shall be of the pug mill continuous type
and shall have a capacity of not less than 40 tons
of mixture per hour. Any mixer that has a tendency
to segregate the aggregate or fails to secure a
thorough and uniform mixing of the aggregate with
the asphaltic material shall not be used. The dam
gate at the discharge end of the pug mixer and/or
pitch of the mixing paddles shall be so adjusted to
maintain a level of mixture in the pug mixer
between the shaft and the lower paddle tip (except
at the discharge end).
(9) Surge -Storage System
A surge storage system may be used. It shall be _
adequate to minimize production interruption during
the normal days operation. A device such as.a gob
hopper or other similar devices approved by the
Engineer to prevent segregation in the surge
-storage bin will be required. If the Contractor
elects to use a surge -storage system, scales
conforming to the requirements outlined herein will
be required.
IV -1.4
j
r
(10) Scales
Scales may be standard platform truck scales or
other equipment such as weigh hopper (suspended)
scales approved by the Engineer. All scales shall
conform to the Item "Weighing and Measuring
Equipment." If truck scales are used, they shall be
placed at a location approved by the Engineer. If
other weighing equipment is used, the Engineer may
require weight checks by truck scales for the basis
of approval of the equipment.
C. DRUM MIX PLANT
Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the Contractor may, at
his option elect to use the drum mixing process in the
mixing of asphalt stabilized base material. The plant shall
be adequately designed and constructed for the process of
mixing aggregates and asphalt in the dryer -drum without
preheating the aggregates. The plant shall be equipped with
satisfactory conveyors, power units, aggregate handling
equipment and feed controls and shall consist of the
following essential pieces of equipment.
(1) Cold Aggregate Bin and Feed System
The number of compartments in the cold aggregate bin
shall be equal to or greater than the number of
stockpiles of individual materials to be used.
r -
The bin shall be of sufficient size to store the amount
of aggregate required to keep the plant in continuous
operation and of proper design to prevent overflow of
material of one bin to that of another bin. The feed
system shall provide a uniform and continuous flow of
aggregate in the desired proportion to the dryer. Each
aggregate shall be proportioned in a separate
compartment with total and proportional control.
.• The system shall provide positive weight measurement of
the combined cold -aggregate feed by use of belt scales
or other approved devices. Provisions of a permanent
PM nature shall be made for checking the accuracy of the
measuring device as required by the Item, "Weighing and
Measuring Equipment". When a belt scale is used,
mixture production shall be maintained so that the
scale normally operates between 50 percent and 100
percent of its rated capacity. Belt scale operation
below 50 percent of the rated capacity may be allowed
., by the Engineer if accuracy checks show the scale to
meet the requirements of the Item, "Weighing and
Measuring Equipment", at the selected rate and it can
IV -15
be satisfactory demonstrated to the Engineer that
mixture uniformity and quality have not been adversely
affected.
(2) Scalping Screen
A scalping screen shall be required, unless otherwise
shown on the plans, and shall be located ahead of any
weighing device.
(3) Asphaltic Material Measuring System
An asphaltic material measuring device meeting the
requirements of the item, "Weighing and Measuring
Equipment," shall be placed in the asphalt line leading
to.the dryer-drum mixer so that the cumulative amount
of asphalt used can be accurately determined.
Provisions of a permanent nature shall be made for
checking the accuracy of the measuring device output.
The asphalt measuring device and line to the measuring
device shall be protected with a jacket of hot oil or
other approved means to maintain the temperature of the
line and measuring device near that temperature
specified for asphaltic material. Unless otherwise
shown on the plans, the temperature of the asphaltic
material entering the measuring device shall be
maintained at ±100F of the temperature at which the
asphalt measuring device was calibrated and set.
If a pressure type flow meter is used to measure the
asphaltic material,. the requirements of the Item,
"Weighing and Measuring Equipment", shall apply.
(4) Synchronization Equipment for Feed Control
Syste
The asphaltic,material feed control shall be coupled
with the total aggregate ;weight measurement device in
such manner as to automatically vary the asphalt feed
as required to maintain the required proportion. _
(5) Drum Mix
The drum mixing system shall be of -the type that
continually agitates the aggregate,and asphalt mixture
during heating and in which the temperature can be so
controlled that the aggregate and asphalt will not be
damaged in the necessary drying and heating operations
required to obtain a mixture of the specified
temperature. A continuously recording thermometer shall
IV -16
be provided which will indicate the temperature of the
u mixture as it leaves the drum mixer.
(6) Surge Storage System
A surge storage system will be required. It shall be
adequate to minimize the production interruptions
1'. during the normal day's operations and shall be so
constructed to minimize segregation. A device such as a
r gob hopper or other similar device approved by the
Engineer to prevent segregation in the surge -storage
bin will be required.
(7) Scales
Scales may be standard platform truck scales, belt
scales or other equipment such as weigh hopper
(suspended) scales approved by the Engineer. All scales
shall conform to the Item, "Weighing and Measuring
Equipment." If truck scales are used, they shall be
placed at a location approved by the Engineer. If other
weighing equipment is used, the Engineer may require
weight checks by truck scales for the basis of approval
of the equipment.
D. ASPHALTIC MATERIAL HEATING EQUIPMENT
Asphaltic material heating equipment shall be adequate to
heat the amount of asphaltic material required to the
desired temperature. Asphaltic material may be heated by
steam coils which shall be absolutely tight. Direct fire
heating of asphaltic materials will be permitted, provided
the heater used maintains a positive circulation of the
asphalt throughout the heater without damage to the
asphalt. Agitation with steam or air will not be permitted.
The heating apparatus shall be equipped with a recording
thermometer with a 24-hour chart that will record the
temperatures of the asphaltic material at the highest
temperature.
E. SPREADING AND FINISHING MACHINE
The spreading and finishing machine shall be of a type
approved by the Engineer, shall be capable of producing a
surface that will meet the requirements of the typical
cross section and the surface test, when required, and when
the mixture is dumped directly into the finishing machine
shall have adequate power to propel the delivery vehicles
in a satisfactory manner. The finishing machine shall be
equipped with a flexible spring and/or hydraulic type hitch
sufficient in design and capability to maintain contact
between the rear wheels of the hauling equipment and the
IV -17
pusher rollers of the finishing machine while the mixture
is being unloaded.
The use of any vehicle which requires dumping directly into
the finishing machine and which the finishing machine
cannot push or propel in such a manner as to obtain the
desired lines and grades without resorting to hand
finishing will not be allowed. Vehicles dumping directly
or indirectly into the finishing machine shall be so
designed and equipped that unloading into the finishing
machine can be mechanically and/or automatically operated
in such a manner that overloading the finishing machine
being used cannot occur and the required lines and grades
will be obtained without resorting to hand finishing.
Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dumping of the
asphaltic mixture in a windrow and then placing the mixture
in the finishing machine with loading equipment will be
permitted provided that the loading equipment is
constructed and operated in such manner that substantially
all of the mixture deposited on the roadbed is picked and
loaded in the finishing machine without contamination by
foreign material of the mixture and excessive temperature
loss is not encountered. The loading equipment will be so
designed and operated that the finishing machine being
loaded will obtain the required line, grade and surface
without resorting to hand finishing. Any operation of the
loading equipment resulting in the accumulation and
subsequent shedding of this accumulated material into the
asphaltic mixture will not be permitted.
Automatic screed controls, if required, shall meet the
requirements of the Item, "Automatic Screed Controls for
Asphaltic Concrete Spreading and Finishing Machines".
F. Rollers
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to have
rolling equipment available on the job to properly compact
the paving mixture in place as required without delay to
the laydown operation. Rollers provided shall meet the
qualifications for their type as follows:
(1) Pneumatic Tire Rollers (Required on all Black
Base and Hot Mix Surfacing)
The rollers shall be acceptable medium pneumatic tire
rollers conforming to the requirements of the Item,
"Rolling (Pneumatic Tires)," Type B, unless otherwise
specified on the plans.
IV -18
1
"l (2) Two Axle Tandem Roller (Required on All Hot Mix
Surfacing)
This roller shall be an acceptable power driven tandem
roller weighing not less than 8 tons.
(3) Three Wheel Roller (Required on All Black Base
and Hot Mix Surfacing)
This roller shall be an acceptable power driven three
wheel roller weighing not less than 10 tons.
(4) Three Axle Tandem Roller
This roller shall be an acceptable power driven three
axle roller weighing not less than 10 tons.
(5) Trench Roller
This roller shall be an acceptable power -driven trench
roller equipped with sprinkler for keeping the wheels
wet and adjustable road wheel so that the! roller may be
kept level during rolling. The drive wheel shall be not
less than 20 inches wide. The roller under working
conditions shall produce 325 pounds per linear inch of
roller width and be so geared that a speed of 1.8 miles
per hour is obtained in low gear.
(6) Vibratory Steel -Wheel Roller (Required on all
Black Base)
This roller shall have a minimum weight of 6 tons. The
compactor shall be equipped with amplitude and
frequency controls and specifically designed to compact
the material on which it is used, and shall be operated
in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations
or as directed by the Engineer.
(7) Straightedcres and Templates
When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall
l provide acceptable 10 -foot straightedges for surface
l testing. Satisfactory templates shall be provided as
required by the Engineer.
(8) Alternate Equipment
When permitted by the Engineer in writing, equipment
other than that specified which will consistently
produce satisfactory results may be used.
F IV -19
(9) Inspection
It will be the Contractor's responsibility to provide
safe and accurate means to enable inspection forces to
take all required samples, and to provide permanent
means for checking the output of any specified metering
device and to perform the calibration checks as
required by the Engineer.
G. STOCKPILING. STORAGE PROPORTIONING AND MIXING
(1) Stockpiling of Aggregates
Prior to mixing operations with asphaltic material,
processed mineral aggregate shall be stockpiled on an
area previously cleared of trash, weeds and grass and
smoothed as directed by the Engineer. The aggregate
stockpiles shall be not less than 10 feet in height and
constructed in layers not exceeding 18 inches in depth
or as directed by the Engineer. The plant shall have
and maintain at least a two-day supply of aggregates on
hand, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
Material shall be stockpiled in such a manner as to
prevent segregation of aggregate and mixing of
aggregates from stockpiles and/or sources. More than
one stockpile will be permitted unless otherwise shown
on plans.The gradation requirements for the individual
stockpiles and proportioning from these stockpiles will
be the Contractor's responsibility as approved by the
Engineer.
(2) Storage and Heating of Asphaltic Materials
The asphaltic material storage shall be ample to meet
the requirements of the plant. Asphalt shall not be
heated to a temperature in excess of that specified in
the Item,"Asphalts, 011s and Emulsions". All equipment
used in the storage and handling of asphaltic material
shall be kept in a clean condition at all times and
shall be operated in such manner that there will not be
contamination with foreign matter.
(3) Feeding and Drying of Aggregate
The feeding of various sizes of aggregate to the dryer
shall be done through the cold aggregate bin and
proportioning device in such a manner that a uniform
and constant flow of materials in the required
proportions will be maintained. The aggregate shall be
dried and heated to the temperature necessary to _
produce a mixture having the specified temperature. In
IV -20
no case shall the aggregate be introduced into the
mixture unit at a temperature more than 4000 F.
(4 ) Proportioning
The proportioning of the various materials entering the
asphaltic mixture shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor as approved by the Engineer and in
accordance with these specifications. The asphaltic
material and aggregates may be proportioned by weight
or by volume based on weight using the specified
equipment.
(5) Mixing
(a) Weigh -Batch Type Mixer
In the charging of the weigh box and in the
charging of the mixer from the weigh box such
methods or devices shall be used as are necessary
to secure a uniform asphalt mixture. In
introducing the batch into the mixer, all mineral
aggregate shall be introduced first and shall be
mixed thoroughly for a period of 5 to 20 seconds,
or as directed, to uniformly distribute the various
sizes throughout the batch before the asphaltic
material is added. The asphaltic material shall
then be added and the mixing continued for a total
mixing period of not less than 30 seconds. This
mixing period may be increased, if in the opinion
of the Engineer, the mixture is not uniform. The
differential in temperature of the aggregates and
the asphalt as they enter the pug mixer shall not
exceed 250 F.
Temporary storing or holding of the asphaltic
mixture by the surge -storage system may be used
during the normal day's operation. Overnight
storage will not be permitted unless authorized in
the plans or in writing by the Engineer. The
mixture coming out of the surge -storage bin must be
of equal quality to that coming out of the mixer.
(b) Continuous -Type Mixer
The amount of aggregate and asphaltic material
entering the mixer and the rate of travel through
the mixer shall be so coordinated that a uniform
mixture of the specified grading and. asphalt
content will be produced. The differential in
temperature of the aggregates and the asphalt as
they enter the pug mixer shall not exceed 250 F.
r
j Iv -21
Checks on asphalt used shall be made at least twice
daily comparing the asphalt used in ten loads of
completed mix as shown on the asphalt recording
meter and the design amount for these ten loads.
The acceptable percent of variation between the
asphalt used and the design amount will be as shown
on the plans or as determined by the Engineer.
Temporary storing or holding of the asphaltic
mixture by the surge -storage system may be used
during the normal day's operation. Overnight
storage will not be permitted unless authorized in
the plans or in writing by the Engineer. The
mixture coming out of the surge -storage bin must be
of equal quality to that coming out of the mixer.
(c) Drum -mix Plant
The amountofaggregate and asphaltic material
entering the mixer and the rate of travel through
the mixing unit shall be so coordinated that a
uniform mixture of the specified grading and
asphalt content will be produced.
Temporary storing or holding of the asphaltic
mixture by the surge -storage system will be
required during the normal day's operation.
Overnight storage will not be permitted unless
authorized in the plans or in writing by the
Engineer. The mixture coming out of the surge
storage -bin must be of equal quality to that coming
out of the mixer. The mixture, when discharged
from the plant, shall have a moisture content not
greater than 1 percent by weight unless otherwise
shown on the plans and/or specified by the
Engineer. The moisture content shall be determined
in accordance with Test Method Tex -212-F, Part II.
The mixture produced from each type of mixer shall
not vary from the specified mixture by more than
the tolerances herein specified.
The asphaltic mixture from each type of mixer shall
be at a temperature between 3000 F and 3500 F when
discharged from the mixer. The Engineer will
approve the temperature within the above
limitations, and the mixture when discharged from
the mixer shall not vary from this selected
temperature more than 250 F.
IV -22
4
H. CONSTRUCTION METHODS
�-
Temperature Requirements
A. HMAC - November 1 to April 1
1. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed when the
air temperature is below 550 F and falling.
¢^'
2. The asphaltic mixture may be placed when the air
temperature is above 500 F and rising.
B. HMAC - April 1 until November 1
1. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed when the
air temperature is below 500 F and falling.
2. The asphaltic mixture may be placed when the air
temperature is above 450 F and rising.
C. Asphalt Stabililzed`Base
1. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed when the
�,.
temperature is below 45OF and falling.
2. The asphaltic mixture may be placed when the air
"
temperature is above 40OF and rising.
The engineer may use his discretion to require a cover over
the asphaltic mixture when being hauled from the plant to
the job site. The air temperature shall be taken in the
shade away from artificial heat or as reported by the
National Weather Service on their hourly report (Telephone
r
No. 762-0141). It is further provided that the prime coat,
tack coat or asphalt stabilized base shall be placed only
when the general weather conditions and temperature and
moisture conditions of the subbase or subgrade,in the
opinion of the Engineer, are suitable.
,,..
If, after being discharged from the mixer and prior to
placing, the temperature of the asphaltic mixture is 250 F
or more below the temperature approved by the Engineer, all
or any part of the load may be rejected and payment will
not be made for the rejected material.
(1) Prime Coat
The prime coat shall consist of an application of 0.25
gallons per square yard of MC asphalt. The asphalt
stabilized base shall not be applied on a previously primed
course until the prime coat has completely cured to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
re
IV -23
(2) Tack Coat
Before the asphaltic mixture is laid, the surface upon
which the tack coat is to be placed shall be cleaned
thoroughly to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The surface
shall be given a uniform application of tack coat using
asphaltic materials of this specification. This tack coat
shall be applied, as directed by the Engineer, with an
approved sprayer at a rate not to exceed 0.10 gallon per
square yard of surface. Where the mixture will adhere to
the surface on which it is to be placed without the use of
a tack coat, the tack coat may be eliminated by the
Engineer. All contact surfaces of curbs and.structures and
all joints shall be painted with a thin uniform coat of the
asphaltic material meeting the requirements for tack coat.
The tack coat shall be rolled with a pneumatic tire roller
when directed by the Engineer.
(3) Transporting
The asphaltic mixture, prepared as specified above shall be
hauled to the work in tight vehicles previously cleaned of
all foreign material. The dispatching of the vehicles shall
be arranged so that all material delivered may be placed,
and all rolling shall be completed during daylight hours.
The inside of the truck body may be given a light coat of
oil, lime slurry or other material satisfactory to the
Engineer, if necessary, to prevent mixture from adhering to
the body. In cool 'weather or for long hauls, canvas covers
and insulating of truck bodies may be required. Vehicles of
the semi -trailer type are prohibited, unless approved by
the Engineer.
(4) Placinct
Generally, the asphaltic mixture shall be dumped and spread
on the approved prepared surface with the specified
spreading and finishing machine, in such a manner that when
properly compacted, the finished course will be smooth, of
uniform density, and will conform with the typical sections
shown,on the plans and to the lines and grades established
by the Engineer. During the application of asphaltic
material, care shall be taken to prevent splattering of
adjacent pavement, curb and gutter and structures.
The mixture shall be spread and compacted in layers or
lifts as specified on the plans or as directed by the
Engineer. The sequence,of compacting shall be such that
undue displacement of the edge of the course does;not
occur. On deep lifts, the edge of the course may be rolled
with a motor grader wheel or similar equipment or supported
IV -24
by blading a roll of earth against the edge of the course
prior to compacting the surface.
When the asphaltic mixture is placed in a narrow strip
along the edge of an existing pavement, or used to level up
small areas of an existing pavement or placed in small
irregular areas where the use of a finishing machine is not
practical, the finishing machine may be eliminated when
authorized by the Engineer, provided a satisfactory surface
C' can be obtained by other approved methods.
ti
I. COMPACTION
(1) As directed by the Engineer, the asphalt stabilized
base shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly with
the specified rollers. In lieu of the rolling equipment
specified, the Contractor may, upon written permission
from the Engineer, operate other compacting equipment
that will produce equivalent relative compaction as the
specified equipment. If the substituted compaction
equipment fails to produce the desired compaction as
would be expected of the specified equipment, as
determined by the Engineer, its use shall be
discontinued. When directed by the Engineer, the
initial compaction shall be accomplished with pneumatic
tire rollers.
(2) When rolling with the three wheel, tandem, or vibratory
rollers, rolling shall start longitudinally at the
sides and proceed toward the center of the pavement,
overlapping on successive trips by at least half the
width of the rear wheel unless otherwise directed by
the Engineer. Alternate trips of the roller shall be
slightly different in length. On super -elevated
curves, rolling shall begin at the low side and
progress toward the high side unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer. When rolling with vibratory steel
wheel rollers, the manufacturer's recommendation shall
be followed unless directed otherwise by the Engineer.
Rolling with pneumatic -tire roller shall be done as
directed by the Engineer. Rolling shall be continued
until no further increase in density can be obtained
and all roller marks are eliminated. The motion of the
roller shall be slow enough at all times to avoid
displacement of the mixture. If any displacement
occurs, it shall be corrected at once by the use of a
rake, and of fresh mixtures where required. The roller
shall not be allowed to stand on any portion of the
pavement mixture which has not been fully compacted.
To prevent adhesion of the mixture to the roller, the
wheels shall be kept thoroughly moistened with water,
but an excess of water will not be permitted. All
IV -25
rollers must be in good mechanical condition.
Necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent the
dropping of gasoline, oil, grease or other foreign
matter on the roadway, either when therollersare in
operation or when standing.
(3) Hand Tamping
The edges of the pavement along curbs, headers and
similar structures, and all places not accessible to
the roller, or in such positions as will not allow
thorough compaction with the rollers, shall be
thoroughly compacted with lightly oiled tamps.
J. SURFACE FINISH
The compacted material shall conform to the typical cross
sections, lines and grades as shown on plans and directed
by the Engineer and shall have a smooth surface with a
reasonably uniform texture acceptable to the Engineer.
Unacceptable finished surfaces may be corrected by the
placement of additional mixture, all at the expense of the
Contractor.
K. PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND OPENING TO TRAFFIC
The completed asphalt stabilized base course shall be
,opened to traffic as provided by theplansand as directed
by the Engineer. All construction trafficallowedon the
base course shall comply with:the.State laws governing
traffic on highways unless otherwise authorized by the
Engineer. When another roadway surface is provided for the
_traveling public and construction trafficthroughthe
project, the Engineer may prohibit traffic on the completed
base course.
L SURFACE DENSITY TEST
City personnel will provide density test and results
throughout the construction process at no cost to the
contractor.
Samples of the compacted pavement shall be removed from
locations designated by the Engineer to enable him to _
determine the composition, compaction, and density of the
pavement. Samples from each day, or fraction thereof,
shall be taken by City personnel. The Contractor shall
replace the pavement removed from core holes at no cost
to the City. If the pavement is deficient in composition,
compaction, or thickness, satisfactory correction shall be
made, as directed by the Engineer.
IV -26
i
9. ASPHALTS
Asphalts for use on this project shall comply with Texas State
Highway Department Specification, Item 300.
10. HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACE
(A). Aggregate
General
The mineral aggregate shall be composed of coarse
aggregate, a fine aggregate,!%and if required, a mineral
filler. Samples of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate and
mineral filler shall be submitted to the City of Lubbock
Testing Laboratory for testing and approval by the
Engineer. Approval of other material and of the source
of supply must be obtained from the Engineer prior to
delivery.
The combined mineral aggregate, after final processing
by the mixing plant, and prior to addition of asphalt
and mineral filler, shall have a sand equivalent value
of not less than 34, unless otherwise shown on the plans
when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex. -203-F.
The percent of flat or elongated slivers of stone for
any course shall not exceed 25%,when tested in
accordance with Test Method Tex 224-F.
Aggregate that appears susceptible to film stripping,
when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex 218-F
or ASTM D-1664, shall be rejected or conditioned with
an anti -stripping agent, as directed by the Engineer.
Prior to stockpiling of aggregates the area shall be
cleaned of trash, weeds and grass and be relatively
smooth. Aggregates shall be separated into stockpiles
of different gradation, such as a large coarse aggregate
and a small coarse aggregate stockpile and such that the
grading requirements of the specified type will be met
when the piles are combined in the asphaltic mixture.
No coarse aggregate stockpile shall contain more than 10
percent by weight of materials that will pass a No. 10
sieve except as noted on the plans or provided for by
special provision. Fine aggregate stockpiles may
contain small coarse aggregate in the amount of up to
15 percent by weight, 100 percent of which shall pass a
1/4 inch sieve, however, the coarse aggregate shall
meet the quality tests specified herein for "Coarse
F IV -27
Aggregates.° Suitable equipment of acceptable size
shall be furnished by the Contractor to work the
stockpiles and prevent segregation of the aggregates.
If the Contractor utilizes an asphalt continuous mix
plant, the various aggregate stockpiles of different
gradation will be stockpiled in the same manner as
described for stockpiling of aggregate for asphalt
stabilized base. That is the stockpiling of the
aggregate shall be made up of layers of material not to
exceed two feet in height of each layer. The edge of
each succeeding layer shall extend inward so as not to
overlap the edge of the layer below. In loading from
the stockpile, the material shall be ,loaded by making
successive vertical,cuts through the entire depth of the
stockpile.
(1) Coarse Aggregate
The coarse aggregate shall be that part of the aggregate
retained on a No. 10 sieve; shall consist of clean,
tough, durable fragments of crushed stone of uniform
quality throughout; mixing or combining crushed gravel
and crushed stone will not be permitted. The aggregate
shall be crushed to the extent that produces a minimum
of 90% crushed faces when tested in accordance with Test
Method (Tex. -413-A). The aggregate shall have a
maximum of 15% loss when subjected to 4 cycles of the
Magnesium Sulfate Soundness Test (A.S.T.M. C-88-83).
When coarse aggregate is tested in accordance with Test
Method Tex. -217-F, the amount of organic matter, clays,
_loams or particles coated therewith or other undesirable
materials shown on the plans shall not exceed 2 percent.
When it is specified that the coarse aggregate be
sampled during delivery to the plant, from the
stockpile, or from the cold bin, the material removed
when tested in accordance with test method Tex. -217-F
(Part II, Decantation), shall not exceed 2 percent. The
plasticity index of that part of the fine aggregate
contained in the coarse aggregate passing the No. 40
sieve shall not be more than 6 when tested by the Test
Method Tex. -106-E. However, where the coarse aggregate
contains less than 5t of fine aggregate and the fine
.aggregate is of the same or similar material as the
coarse aggregate, the P.I. requirements for the material
passing the No. 40 sieve may be waived by the Engineer
in writing.
When it is specified that the coarse aggregate be
sampled from the hot bins and tested in :accordance with
IV -28
i
71
�! Test Method Tex. -217-F (Part II Decantation), the amount
of material removed shall not exceed 1 percent.
Tests performed as specified herein represent material
processed or placed until a subsequent test is
performed.
The coarse aggregate shall have an abrasion of not more
than 40 percent loss by weight when subjected to the Los
Angeles Abrasion Test, Test Method Tex -410A. Coarse
aggregate from each source shall meet the abrasion
requirements specified.
(2 ) Fine Aggregate
The fine aggregate shall be that part of the aggregate
passing the No. 10 sieve and 'shall consist of sand or
screenings or a combination of sand and screenings.
The plasticity index of that part of the sand passing
the No.40 sieve shall not be more than 6 when tested by
Test Method Tex -106-E. The plasticity index of that part
of the screenings passing the No. 40 sieve shall be not
more than 9, unless otherwise shown on plans, when
tested by Test Method Tex -106-E. Fine aggregate from
each source shall meet plasticity requirements.
Sand shall be composed of durable stone particles free
from injurious foreign matter. Screenings shall be of
the same or similar material as specified for coarse
aggregate.
(3) Mineral Filler
The mineral filler shall consist of thoroughly dry stone
dust, slate, dust, portland cement or other mineral dust
approved by the Engineer. The mineral filler shall be
free from foreign and other injurious matter.
• When tested by Test Method Tex -200-F (Dry Sieve
r Analysis), it shall meet the following grading
requirements:
Passing a No. 30 sieve
Per Cent
By Weight
100
Passing a No. 80 sieve, not less than 90
Passing a No. 200 sieve, not less than 65
F IV -29
(B) ASPHALTIC MATERIAL .
(1) Asphalt for Paving Mixtures
Asphalt for the paving mixtures shall be of the
types of oil asphalt as determined by the Engineer.
The grade of asphalt used shall be as designated by
the Engineer after design tests have been made using
the mineral aggregates that are to be used in the
project. If more than one type of asphaltic concrete
mixture is specified for the project, only one grade
of asphalt will be required for all types of
mixtures, unless otherwise shown on plans. The
Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the source
of his asphaltic material prior to production of the
asphaltic mixture and this source shall not be
changed during the course of the project except on
written permission of the Engineer.
(2) Tack Coat
The asphaltic material for tack coat shall meet the
requirements for Cut -Back Asphalt RC -2, or shall be
a Cut -Back Asphalt made by combining 50 to 70
percent by volume of the asphaltic material as
specified for the type of paving,mixture with 30 to
50 percent by volume of gasoline and/or kerosene. If
RC -2 Cut -Back Asphalt is used, it may, upon
instructions from the Engineer, be diluted by
addition of an approved grade of gasoline and/or
kerosene, not to exceed 15 percent by volume.
(C) PAVING MIXTURES
Types
The paving mixture shall consist of a uniform mixture of
coarse aggregate, fine aggregate and asphaltic material.
The grading of each constituent of the mineral aggregate _
shall be such astoproduce, when properly proportioned,
a mixture which, when tested in accordance with Test
Method Tex -200-F (Dry Sieve Analysis), will conform to
the limitations for master grading given below for the
type specified.
(1) Type "C" (Coarse Graded Surface Course)
Passing 7/8" sieve. ..... ... 100
Passing 5/8" sieve. .. ....... .98 to 100
IV -30
(� Passing 5/8" sieve, retained on 3/8"
sieve....................................12 to 25
Passing 3/8" sieve, retained on No. 4
sieve....................................15 to 30
Passing No. 4 sieve, retained on No. 10
sieve .................................... 12 to 30
Total retained on No.10
sieve.....................................53 to 65
Passing No. 10 sieve, retained on No. 40
sieve.................................... 10 to 20
Passing No. 40 sieve, retained on No. 80
sieve..................................... 5 to 15
Passing No. 80 sieve, retained on No. 200
sieve....... ..............................5 to 15
Passing No. 200 sieve ..................... .1 to 6
(2) Modified Type "C" (Coarse Graded Surface Course)
The Engineer may designate the use of a modified
Type "C" Surface Course. This design will stay in
the limits of the above Type "C" but may vary from
the upper limits of certain sieve designations to
the lower limits of other sieve designations.
(D) LABORATORY CONTROL
If the Contractor or supplier wish to use a material or
location not previously approved by the City of Lubbock,
he will be required to request approval in writing of the
material not less than 60 days prior to anticipated use
of the material. The City of Lubbock laboratory test
results shall be the sole consideration for approval of
materials, mix designs, adequacy of procedures, etc.. The
results of such testing shall be evaluated and final
approval given by the Street Superintendent.
The City of Lubbock will utilize its own testing
laboratory to monitor the plant mixing for Black Base and
Hot Mix. This laboratory control will be provided by the
City of Lubbock. A representative of the City Engineer
will be at the plant with full authority to control the
mixing operation.
In those instances where irregularities occur and the
limits of the specification are exceeded for aggregate,
I IV -31
black base, or hot mix, appropriate corrections will be
required.
(E) Tolerances
The Engineer will designate the exact grading of the
aggregate and asphalt content to be used in the mixture.
The paving mixture produced shall not vary from the
designated grading and asphalt content by more than the
tolerances allowed herein and shall remain within the
limitation of the master grading specified. The
respective tolerances, based on the percent by weight of
the mixture, are listed as follows:
Per Cent
by weight
Passing 5/8" sieve, retained on.3/8"
sieve...................... ................+ or -3
Passing 3/8" sieve, retained on No. 4
sieve.......................................+ or -3
Passing No. 4 sieve, retained on No. 10
sieve..................... ................+ or -3
Total retained on No. 10
sieve.......................................+ or -3
Passing No. 10 sieve, retained on No. 40
sieve.......................................+ or -2
Passing No. 40 sieve, retained on No. 80
sieve.......................................+ or -2
Passing No. 80 sieve, retained on No. 200
sieve.......................................+ or -2
Passing No. 200
sieve.......................................+ or -2
Asphalt Material...... ..................+ or -0.2
(F) EXTRACTION AND GRADATION TESTS
Samples of the mixture when tested in accordance with
Test Method Tex -210-F shall not vary from the grading
proportions of the aggregate and the asphalt content
designated by the Engineer by more than the respective
tolerance specified above. (See Section IV -7-C (1) for
methods of extraction of asphalt)
IV -32
During construction if grading or asphalt content
exceeds the tolerances stated herein production will
be discontinued until such time as the Hot -Mix
Asphaltic Concrete mixture has-been corrected and
subsequent grading and extraction tests indicate
results within the tolerance stated herein. All Hot
Mix Asphaltic Concrete mixture so constructed which
exceeds the tolerances as stated herein, will be
removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner.
(1) Sampling and Testing
It is the intent of this specification that the
mixture will be designed to produce a mixture of
optimum density and stability, as determined by the
Engineer, when tested in accordance with these
specifications and applicable ASTM procedures.
Samples of the completed pavement shall be removed
from locations designated by the Engineer to enable
him to determine the composition, compaction, and
density to the pavement. Samples for each day,
or fraction thereof, shall be taken by City
personnel. The Contractor shall replace the
pavement removed from core holes at no cost to the
City. If the pavement is deficient in composition,
compaction, or thickness, satisfactory correction
shall be made, as directed by the Engineer.
Thoroughfare Residential
Traffic Traffic
(2) Design Method Min. Max. Min. Max.
Marshall
No. of compaction blows,
each end of specimen 75 50
Stability, Lbs. 1200 --- 1000 ---
Flow, units of 0.01 in 8 16 8 18
$ Air Voids
r Surfacing or Leveling 3 5 3 5
l
Stability and density tests are control tests. If the
laboratory stability and/or density of the mixture produced
has a value lower than that specified, and in the opinion
of the Engineer is not due to change in source or quality
of materials, production may proceed, and the mix shall be
r changed until the laboratory stability and density equals
t or exceeds the specified values. If there is, in the
0
IV -33
opinion of the Engineer, an apparent change in any material
from that used in the design mixtures, production will be
discontinued; until a new design mixture is determined by
trial mixes.
11. SILO STORAGE
A silo storage system may be used during the normal day's
operation. The mixture coming out of the silo storage must be
of equal quality and temperature to that coming out of the
mixing plant. Any operation that has tendency to segregate
the mixture or fails to maintain a thorough and uniform
mixture and temperature shall not.be used. If any load of
mixture coming out of the silo storage system fails to meet
the asphalt specifications or gradation requirements, then
the total contents of the silo storage system shall be
condemned.
12. BARRICADES AND SIGNS
Barricades shall be constructed of clean, sound lumber, shall
be of first-class workmanship, and all surfaces above ground
shall be painted with an approved brand of white paint to
secure thorough coverage and a uniform white color. In no
case shall less than two coats be used. The paint for
barricade stripes shall be reflective orange and reflective
white. All dimension striping, lighting, painting, coloring
and placement of barricades shall be in accordance to the
details and design as set forth in the Texas Manual on
UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES for Street and Highways, Part
VI, issued in May, 1983.
The Contractor shall maintain each barricade in a neat
acceptable condition and furnish replacements when necessary
or requested by the Engineer.
Each sign shall
prescribed for
open to traffic
signs shall be
be displayed only for the specific
it. Before any detour or temporary
all necessary Regulatory, Warning
in place.
purpose
route is
and Guide
Signs required by temporary conditions or restrictions shall
be removed immediately when those conditions cease to exist
or the restrictions are withdrawn. Guide signs directing
traffic to and on temporary routes or detours shall be
removed when no longer applicable.
Important is standardization with respect to design and
placement, and uniformity of application is equally
important. Identical conditions should always be marked with
IV -34
the same type of sign, irrespective of where those particular
conditions occur.
rAll signs that are to convey their message during hours of
darkness shall be reflectorized or illuminated. Signs for
r daytime use only may be non-reflectorized but a fluorescent
background material will be used for increased daytime
visibility if requested by the Engineer.
where there is serious interference from extraneous light
sources, and a reflectorized sign is not likely to be
effective, an illuminated sign will be used.
r -
f Construction warning.signs shall have a black legend on an
orange background and shall conform to the standards as to
size, shape and color as outlined in the Texas Manual on
r UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES mentioned above.
Barricades, flares, and signs are a necessity in the
construction involved in this contract. The provision of
these items by the Contractor should be considered in the bid
prices submitted, as no separate compensation will be made,
unless indicated otherwise in the plans or the proposal.
No work will be permitted on any project prior to
installation of barricades or other warning devices at the
beginning and end of the construction area.
13. SEAL COAT AND TWO -COURSE MAINTENANCE
A. GENERAL
The following paragraphs give the specifications on
the various materials which are to be used in seal
coat and two -course maintenance projects. All
materials shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer before being used.
B. ASPHALTS
Asphalts for use on this project shall comply with
Texas State Highway Department Specifications, Item
300 including revisions, and a certified copy of the
test results will be furnished to the City
C. ASPHALT HEATERS
Asphaltic material heating equipment shall be
adequate to heat the amount of asphaltic material
required to the desired temperature. Asphaltic
IV -35
material may be heated by steam coils which shall be
absolutely tight. Direct fire heating of asphaltic,
materials will be permitted, provided the heater used
is manufactured by a reputable concern and there is
positive circulation of the asphalt throughout
the heater. Agitation with steam or air will not be
permitted. The heating apparatus shall be equipped
with a recording thermometer with a 24-hour chart
that will record the temperature of the asphaltic
material where it is the highest temperature.
D. AGGREGATE FOR SEAL AND TWO -COURSE PURPOSES
'All gravel or pre -coated gravel or pre -coated crushed
stone shall have a maximum of fifteen percent (15%)
loss when tested by the four (4) cycle magnesium
sulfate soundness test A.S.T.M. C-88-90. Pre -coated
or crushed gravel shall have a minimum of 90 percent
of the particles retained on the No. 4 sieve with
more than one crushed face, as determined by Test
Method Tex -413-A (particle count) and T.H.D. 302.2.
The percent of flat or elongated slivers of stone or
gravel for any course, shall not exceed 25t, when
tested in accordance with Test Method Tex 224-F.:
Final acceptance of the aggregate shall be made only
after the material is in stockpile in the City of
Lubbock.
The City of Lubbock laboratory test results shall be
the sole consideration for approval of materials, mix
designs, adequacy of procedures, etc.. The results of
such testing shall be evaluated and final approval
given by the Street Superintendent.
SEAL COAT
Two Course
Aggregate grading (S.H.D. P.B. #4 Pre -Coated Crushed
Gravel, Pre -Coated Crushed Stone).
Percent by Weight
Retained
on
5/8" sieve
...................0 -
0
Retained
on
1/2" sieve
...................0 -
5
Retained
on
3/8" sieve
..................20 -
45
Retained
on
#4 sieve....................85
-
100
Retained
on
#10 sieve...................95
-
100
IV -36
Aggregate Grading (S.H.D. P.B. #2 Special Pre -Coated
Crushed Gravel, Pre -Coated Crushed Stone).
Percent by Weight
Retained
on
7/8"
sieve
...................0 -
3
Retained
on
3/411
sieve
...................6 -
9
Retained
on
5/8"
sieve
..................45 -
80
Retained
on
1/2"
sieve
..................80 -
100
Retained
on
#10
sieve...................98
-
100
STOCKPILES
The location of all stockpiles of aggregate shall be
approved by the Engineer prior to unloading as to
zoning requirements, smoothness and compaction of the
ground, and traffic conditions. Stockpiles of
aggregate to be incorporated into the project shall
be protected from dust by drift fences of any
suitable material approved by the Engineer, when
sandstorms possibilities exist. Care will be taken to
prevent dusty conditions in the stockpiles area from
any sources.
r
IV -37
k
Derails of Construction
1. Concrete
r,
fl A. Curb and Gutter (Class A -Concrete)
Descrytion
This item shall consist of Portland Cement 3011 concrete
curb and gutter, 2411 concrete curb and gutter, 30t1 separate
gutter, or 2411 separate gutter, as shown on the plans or as
directed by the Engineer, and shall be constructed of
Class A concrete. Included in the curb and gutter item is
the subgrade preparation and the filling and shaping of the
area behind the curb.
(1) Curb Openings
Separate gutter sections will be placed only across
alleys and driveways presently in use or where
definitely planned for future property improvements. It
shall be the responsibility of the contractor to
contact the property owner and determine the proper
location of driveways before curb and gutter is
constructed. All gutters across new or proposed
driveways must meet the requirements set forth in the
City Sidewalk and Driveway Regulations, Ordinance
Number 1466 and amendments thereto and gutters across
existing driveways will be required to conform to said
regulations if no hardship to the existing property
improvements is involved. In any event, all curb and
gutter to be poured must have the engineer's approval
as to driveway widths and location, in addition to the
section, and line and grade approval before any pour is
started on any curb and gutter unit.
(2) Excavation and Subgrading (See Section V-2)
Excavation for the curb and gutter shall be made with
the excavation of the entire street. The excavation
shall be done to the lines and grades set by the
engineer and in such a manner as to require a maximum
1/211 (inch) of fill to bring the subgrade to the
correct elevation. Subgrade that is undercut 111 (one
inch) or more shall be brought to the correct elevation
by scarifying, wetting, disking, blading, rolling and
compacting to 95% Standard Proctor Density (A.S.T.M. D-
698) with pneumatic rolling to correct elevation prior
to setting forms. Before completion of curb and gutter,
all traffic signs and street name markers found in the
way of paving will immediately be relocated behind the
proposed curb and gutter by the Contractor.
V-1
(3) a ting Form
Forms for concrete and gutter shall be set to the lines
and grades established by the engineer after the
subgrade has been prepared. The forms shall be held
together and in place in such a manner that they will
not move during the placing and working of the
concrete. The forms shall be cleaned and oiled prior to
pouring concrete. Face forms and construction joints
(removable metal plates) shall be set to hold the
concrete for the curb in place until it is to be
finished.
Forms for radii shall be set in the same manner as the
straight forms except that no face form will be
required if a true section is obtained by other
methods. The radii forms shall be set in such a manner
that the curve will be true.
(4) Placement (Includinci Makinq Join
Sufficientconcreteshall be placed to allow for
shrinkage and extra material for finishing, and the
concrete shall be floated and troweled to the
approximate section, and only after the concrete
receives a partial set shall the face forms be removed.
The section shall then be shaped to the true cross-
section by the use of a metal -screed which is shaped to
the true cross-section.
A "mule".screed shall be used only to shape to true
cross-section when topping material is provided and
pushed along on the front edge of the mule.
Curb and gutter shall be constructed with an expansion
joint at the tangent point of each return at
intersections and at intervals of no more than forty
(40) feet between the intersections. Forty feet
intervals may be waived if curb and gutter machine is
used. Expansion joints shall be of the material
hereinbefore specified. Construction joints formed by
removable metal plates (templates) accurately shaped to
the cross-section of the curb and gutter shall be
located at the mid -point of each section between
expansion joints or as directed by the engineer.
Contraction joints shall be placed at ten foot
intervals. All joints shall be perpendicular to the
surface of the concrete and to the axis of the section.
W&a
r
7 (5) Finishing
r
A ten (10) foot metal "straight -edge" shall be used to
strike the flow line to grade, continuously along the
flow line of the gutter. This operation shall be
followed with a four (4) foot spirit level to assure
the continuous grade down the flow -line the length of
the gutter.
Curb and gutter shall be finished uniformly by wood
trowelling to an accurate cross-section. Extra water
will not be added for finishing. The final finish will
be accomplished with a brush, the last stroke being one
from the back of curb to the lip of gutter. Both sides
of all joints, the lip of gutter, and the back edge of
the curb shall be finished with a 1/4" radius edging
tool before the final brushing. Curves at the top and
bottom of the section shall present a uniform
appearance without "waves" in the face of the curb or
"pockets" in the gutter.
Concrete shall not be poured during sand storms.
Concrete shall be protected to maintain temperature of
not less than 50 degrees F. for five days after
placement. If aggregate and water are heated, they
shall not be heated above 90 degrees F. Concrete shall
not be placed when the ambient temperature is less than
40 degrees F. It shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to anticipate as nearly as possible changes
in weather conditions which would affect the placement
and protection of the concrete, and be prepared to
protect freshly placed concrete when sudden changes in
the weather make such protection necessary.
(6) Removing Forms
Special care is required of the Contractor in his
removing of pins and of forms. Pins shall be pulled
from the ground to free forms. If hammering is found to
be necessary, a light, one (1) pound hammer shall be
used. The contractor shall not place forms or pins on
newly finished concrete. Loading and unloading of forms
from a truck shall be executed by two workmen. It is
the duty of the Contractor�to remove any warped forms
found in any section of forms, before it is poured.
When forms are pointed out as defective, those forms
shall then be removed from the job site and not
returned until they have been inspected by the
Engineer.
V-3
(7) Machine Laid Curb and Gutter
Class A concrete shall be used for machine laid curb
and gutter. The slump of the concrete shall be as
directed by the Engineer. Reinforcingsteel, if
required, shall conform to Section 3 under Materials of
Construction.
The curb and gutter shall be laid by an extrusion
machine approved by the Engineer. Immediately prior to
placing the curb and gutter, the previously approved
foundation shall be thoroughly cleaned.
The line for top of curb shall be maintained from a
guideline set by the Contractor from survey marks
established by the Engineer. Curb outline shall
strictly conform to the details shown on the plans.
The approved mix shall be fed into the machine in such
a manner and at such consistency that the finished curb
will present a well compacted mass with a surface free
from voids and honeycombs and true to established
shape, line, and grade.
Additional surface finishing shall be performed
immediately after extrusion. Extra water will not be
added for finishing. Unless otherwise specified by the
Engineer, joints shall be constructed as follows:
Expansion joints shall be located at each end radius at
intersections and alley returns and at the beginning of
the pour, and dummy grooved joints shall be spaced at
10 foot intervals between the expansion joints.
(8) Curin
All concrete work shall be covered with heavy water-
proof type paper to prevent loss of moisture and to
prevent direct sunlight from striking the concrete, as
soon as it has set sufficiently enough to prevent
marking.
In lieu of this method of curing, the curb and gutter
may be cured by applying a liquid membrane coating to
all exposed surfaces, providedsuchmaterial and method
is first approved by the Engineer.
(9) Filling Behind Curb
After the forms are removed and the concrete has cured,
the contractor shall fill the area behind the curb with
top soil. The area between the sidewalk and the curb or
property line and curb, if no sidewalk exists, shall be
V-4
leveled and sloped toward the curb in a manner
satisfactory to the property owner and/or Engineer.
Fill should be done prior to dumping caliche.
(10) Replacement of Damaged Curb and Gutter or Gutter
No patching of any nature shall be allowed in repairing
any damage to curb and gutter which occurs during the
construction process of paving improvements in any unit
prior to the acceptance of said unit. Where damage
occurs, the section of curb and gutter or gutter
containing the damaged portion shall be removed to the
nearest joints and shall be replaced with new
construction, prior to surfacing of that section of
street.
Concrete surface finish marred by vandals, rain or sand
during setting time shall be immediately repaired with
an approved epoxy material; all abused concrete
OM surface, along with structural damage and defective
flow line found at time of surfacing shall be handled
as described in sentence 2 above.
B. Reinforced Concrete 30" Separate Gutter (Class E
Cin rete
Description
This item shall consist of Portland cement 30" separate
gutter constructed in accordance with the typical curb and
gutter sections included in these specifications and at
locations as shown on the plans or as directed by the
Engineer.
(1) Subgrade Preparation (See Section V-2)
(2) Reinforcing Steel - See Section 3 Under
Materials of Construction
(3) Placement of Reinforcement
Care shall be taken to tie the (3) three
horizontal # 3 bars to the (3) three
vertical # 3 bar pins at a point 3" above
the bottom.
C. Reinforced CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTERS (CLASS C and
Class E Concrete)
Descrintion
�W
V-5
This item shall be constructed of class C concrete for
thoroughfare or collector street valley gutters and Class E
concrete for residential street valley gutters and consists
of the construction of an eight (8) inch concrete slab on
thoroughfare or collector streets or a (6) inch concrete
slab on residential streets reinforced with 4 -Number 3 bars
on one and one-half (1-1/2) foot spacing for 5 foot wide
valley gutters,(Cross bars shall be #3 bars 4-1/2 feet
long) or.with 61Ix6" 6 gauge wire mesh. Fillet areas shall
be reinforced as shown on.the plans and constructed to the
lines and grades as shown on the plans and as designated by
the Engineer. Details of construction are the same as for
curb and gutter where they can be directly applied.
(1) Subgrade Preparation (See Section V-2)
(2): Reinforcing Steel See Section 3 under
Materials of Construction.
(3) Placement of Reinforcement
Care shall be taken to hold the steel in the
center of the slab, high chairs or precast
concrete blocks shall be located at three ,(3)
foot centers. Lapping distance shall be 40
diameters, and the lap shall be tied at three
points with wire if steel bars are used.
D. Reinforced Alley Paving Slab and Alley Returns
(Class E Concrete)
Description
This item shall consist of reinforced concrete paving of
variable thickness (5" to 7-1/211) constructed in the center
10 feet of alleys and shall be constructed of Class E
concrete. All alley paving and alley returns shall be
constructed in accordance to the Alley Paving Details.
(1) Forming
Forms for alley slab shall be placed where
necessary to form the outside edge of slab
(where slab is not bordered by concrete curb and
gutter or other permanent improvements such as
building, docks, etc.)and where necessary to
form construction and expansion joints (See
"Alley Paving Details" on plans). On all edges,
joints, etc. to be formed, the forms shall
extend the entire depth of concrete.
(2) Subgrade Preparation (See Section V-2)
V-6.
( 3 ) Reinforcing
Care shall be taken to securely hold the welded
wire mesh 3" above the bottom of the slab by use
of high chairs or pre -cast concrete blocks.
(4) Placement
Concrete shall be deposited so as to conform
roughly to the finished cross-section.
Sufficient concrete shall be placed to allow for
shrinkage and extra material for finishing.
Concrete shall not be poured during sandstorms.
Concrete shall be protected to maintain temperature of
not less than 50 degrees F. for five (5) days after
placement. If aggregate and water are heated, they
shall not be heated above 90 degrees F. Concrete shall
not placed when the ambient temperature is less than 40
degrees F. It shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to anticipate as nearly as possible changes
in weather conditions which could effect the placement
and protection of the concrete, and to be prepared to
protect freshly placed concrete when sudden changes in
the weather make such protection necessary.
(5) Finishing
The shape and flow line of the alley paving slab may be
established by the use of two (2" ) inch by four (411)
inch wood screeds, or other approved removable devices,
accurately staked to line and grade. If such devices
are used they shall be in place before the final
finishing of the subgrade and the subgrade shall be
finished so that the concrete slab will be of the
proper depth. The concrete shall be "struck off" to the
true section and finished smooth by floating and
troweling. The final finish shall be provided by
brushing to provide a nonskid surface for traffic.
Particular care shall be taken in the final troweling
and finishing so that the finished slab presents a
smooth straight surface without waves in the edge and
without pockets in the flow line.
(6) Curing and Protection
•- All concrete work shall be covered with burlap or other
suitable material as soon as it has set sufficiently to
prevent marking and kept wet continuously for at least
(4) days. Care shall be taken to prevent mechanical
injury to concrete work during this period and until
ll the work is accepted. Any work damaged prior to
7
V-7
acceptance shall be repaired by the Contractor at his
own expense and to the satisfaction of the City
Engineer.
The City Sanitation Department shall be notified of all
shall be closed to traffic. The Contractor shall
properly flare and barricade alley returns and alleys
during the period of construction and as long afterward
as the Engineer may require for curing and achieving
strength. Before opening alley returns to traffic, the
contractor shall properly fill and level by hand, (no
maintainer shall be used until full strength of
concrete is achieved), the adjacent approaches from the
street and alley. In all cases, no alley or alley
return shall be opened to traffic without the approval
of the City Engineer.
(7) Removing Forms
Special care is required of the Contractor,in his
removing of pins and moving of forms..Pins shall be _
pulled from the ground to free, forms. If hammering is
found to be necessary a light, one (1) pound hammer
shall be used. The contractor shall not place forms or
pins on newly finished concrete. Loading and unloading
of forms from a truck shall be executed by two workmen.
It is the duty of the Contractor to remove any warped
forms found in any section of forms, before it is
poured. When forms are pointed out as defective, those
forms shall then be removed from the job site and not
returned until they have been inspected by the
Engineer. -
(8) Replacement of Damaged Concrete or Concrete
Surface
Only patching of very minor nature will be;allowed in
alley_paving. Any substantial damage occurring to the
alley paving prior to the acceptance of the unit in
-_which the damage occurs will be remedied by removal and
replacement of the entire section or sections of alley
paving that has been damaged. Any slab removed to a
joint other than a doweled expansion joint will be
replaced using joint section B -B in the Special Detail
Sheets of these specifications. Extreme care shall be
taken by the Contractor during "Setting -Up" period to
prevent vandals, sand, or rain from marring the surface
finish, to avoid being handled as described in sentence
2, above.
r
L E. Reinforced Concrete Median Curb (Class A Conr~rete)
7
Description
This item shall consist of reinforced concrete slab (611)
inches thick and may be placed on asphalt surface on
caliche base, or on asphalt surface on concrete base.
Median slab shall be doweled as shown on the plans. Details
of concrete placement, finishing, and curing shall be used
where applicable.
(1) Subgrade Preparation (See Section V-2)
F. Reinforced Concrete Railroad Crossing (Class F
Concrete)
Description
This item shall consist of the construction of Class F
reinforced concrete as shown on Concrete Railroad Crossing
Details. (File #2-B-92 [21).
(1) Subgrade Preparation (See Section V-2)
(2) Reinforcing Steel Bars to be Used)
Reinforcing steel to be used on this project shall
conform to A.S.T.M. Designation A-432 and shall be
deformed to A.S.T.M. 305 requirements.
(3) Placement of Reinforement
Care shall be taken to hold the (1/211) bars above the
bottom of the foundation slab and above the railroad
ties as shown on the plans. In the top slab the
vertical and horizontal bars shall be securely tied
with wire.
G. Reinforcing Concrete Drainage Slabs (Class A
Concrete)
Description
This item shall consist of a concrete slab (511) thick and
containing wire mesh reinforcing which shall conform to
"Standard Specification for Welded Steel Wire Fabric For
Concrete Reinforcement" ASTM Designation A-185.
A transverse dummy groove contraction joint, as described
in illustration 2-A-101, will be required every (13) feet.
(1) Subgrade Preparation (See Section V-2)
V-9
H. Concrete Pavement — Class C concrete
Description
This item shall consist of a pavement of portland cement
concrete, with reinforcement as shown on plans, constructed
as herein specified on the prepared subgrade and one inch
of sand cushion or other base course in conformity with the
thickness and typical cross sections shown on plans and to
the lines and grades established by the Engineer. Concrete
shall be considered of satisfactory quality provided it is
made (a) of materials accepted for the job, (b) in the
proportions established by the Engineer and (c) Mixed,
placed, finished and cured in accordance with the
requirements herein specified.
(1) Materials
(a) Cement
The cement shall be Type I or Type III standard
brand of Portland cement. If the use of high early
strength cement is not specified, and the
Contractor desires to use it, he shall obtain
written permission of the Engineer and shall assume
all additional costs incurred by the use of such
cement. Type I and Type III cement shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM Designation: C150. When
Type III cement is used, the average strength at
the age of 7 days shall be higher than that
attained at 3 days. Either the tensile or the
compression tests may be used for either type
cement. In addition to the requirements of ASTM
Designation C150,.the specific surface area of Type
I cement shall not exceed 2,000 square centimeters
per gram as measured by the Wagner Turbidmeter in
accordance with Test Method Tex -310-D.
(b) Admixtures
Unless otherwise provided in the plans or special
provisions, approved types of admixtures to
minimize segregation, to improve workability, or to
reduce the amount of mixing water may be used in
the;rate of dosage -specified by the Engineer.
Admixtures shall not be used to replace cement.
Admixtures shall comply with all the requirements
and be measured and dispensed in accordance with
T.H.D. Item 437, "Concrete Admixtures".
V-10
(c) Coarse Aggregate.
Coarse aggregate shall consist of durable particles
of crushed limestone (Brownwood Type) of reasonably
uniform quality throughout, free from injurious
amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter or other
objectionable material, either free or as an
adherent coating on the aggregate. It shall not
contain more than 0.25 percent by weight of clay
lumps, nor more than 1.0 percent by weight of shale
nor more than 5.0 percent by weight of laminated
and/or friable particles when tested in accordance
with Test Method Tex -413-A.
Coarse aggregate shall have a wear of not more than
45 percent when tested according to Test Method
Tex -410-A and when tested by standard laboratory
methods shall meet the following grading
requirements:
Retained on 1-3/411 sieve......................OW
Retained on 1-1/2" sieve................0 to 5 %;
Retained on 3/4" sieve.................30 to 65k
Retained on 3/8" sieve.................70 to 90%
Retained on No. 4 sieve...............95 to 100%
Loss by Decantation Test- Method Tex -406-A---
1.0% Maximum
All aggregate shall be handled and stored in such a
manner as to prevent size segregation and
contamination by foreign substances. When
segregation is apparent, the aggregate shall be
remixed. At the time of its use, the aggregate
shall be free from frozen material. Aggregate that
contains more than 0.5 percent free moisture by
weight shall be stockpiled for at least 24 hours
prior to use.
Adequate storage facilities shall be provided for
all approved materials. The intermixing of
nonapproved materials with approved materials
either in stockpiles or in bins will not be
permitted. Aggregates from different sources shall
be stored in different stockpiles unless otherwise
approved by the Engineer.
V-11
Aggregates shall be stockpiled in such a manner to
prevent segregation, and maintained as nearly as
possible in a uniform condition of moisture.
Each aggregate stockpile shall be reworked with
suitable equipment as required by the Engineer to
remix the material to provide uniformity of the _
stockpile.
(d) Fine Aggregate. -
Fine aggregate shall consist of sand or a
combination of sands, and shall be composed of
clean, hard, durable,uncoated grains. Unless
otherwise shown on plans, the acid insoluble
residue of the fine aggregate shall be not less
than 28 percent by weight when tested in accordance
with Test Method Tex -612-J.
(e) Fine Acrcrreaate Exclusive of Mineral Filler
Fine aggregate shall be free from injurious amounts
of salt, alkali or vegetable matter. It shall not `
contain more than 0.5 percent by weight of clay
lumps. When subjected to the color test for organic
impurities, Test Method Tex -408-A, the fine
aggregate shall not show a color darker than the --
standard.
Unless specified otherwise, fine aggregate shall
meet the following grading requirements:
Retained on 3/8" sieve.....................0%
.Retained on No.4 sieve....... .......0 to 5%-
Retained
gRetained on No. 8 sieve..............0 to 20t —
Retained on No. 16 sieve .... ........ 15 to 30%
Retained on No. 30 sieve ............ 35 to 75%
Retained on No. 50 sieve ............ 70 to 90%
Retained on No. 100 sieve .......... 90 to 100%
Retained on No. 200 sieve ........... 97 to 100%
Fine aggregate will be subjected to the Sand
Equivalent Test (Test Method Tex -203-F). The sand
equivalent value shall not be less than 80, or less
V-12
7
7
than the value shown on the plans, whichever is
greater.
(f) Mineral Filler
Mineral filler shall consist of clean stone dust,
crushed sand, crushed shell or other approved inert
material. When tested in accordance with Test
Method Tex -401-A, it shall meet the following
requirements:
Retained on No. 30 sieve.....................0%
Retained on No. 200 sieve...............0 to 35%
At the time of its use the mineral filler shall be
free from frozen material, and aggregate containing
foreign material will be rejected.
(g) Mixing Water
Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be
free from oil acids, organic matter or other
deleterious substances and shall not contain more
than 1,000 parts per million of chlorides as CL.
nor more than 1,000 parts per million of sulfates
as 5O4.
Water from municipal supplies approved by the State
Health Department will not require testing, but
water from other sources will be sampled and tested
before use.
Test procedure shall be in accordance with AASHO
Designation: T 26.
(h) Steel Dowel Bars
Steel bar dowels, if used in accordance with
provisions of project plans, shall be of the size
and type indicated on plans and shall be open-
hearth, basic oxygen or electric -furnace steel
conforming to the mechanical properties specified
for grade 60 in ASTM Designation: A615. The free
end of dowel bars shall be smooth and free of
shearing burrs.
(i) Steel Reinforcement
Unless otherwise shown on the plans, steel
reinforcing bars as required including the tie bars
shall be open-hearth, basic oxygen or electric -
V -13
furnace new billet steel of Grade 60 or Grade 40
for concrete reinforcement. Bars that require
bending shall be Grade 40 conforming to
requirements of ASTM Designation: A-615.
High yield reinforcing steel shall be either (1)
open-hearth, basic oxygen or electric -furnace new
billet steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM
Designation: A-615 Grade 60 or (2) rail steel bars
for concrete reinforcement, conforming to the
requirements of ASTM Designation: A-616 Grade 60.
(Bars produced by piling method will not be
accepted) .
Where prefabricated wire mats are specified or
permitted, the wire shall be cold worked steel wire
conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation:
A 496, except that steel shall be made by open-
hearth, electric -furnace, or basic oxygen
processes. The prefabricated wire mats shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A
497. Mats that have been bent or wires dislocated
or parted during shipping or project handling shall
be realigned to within one-half inch of the
original horizontal plane of the mat. Mats with any
portion of the wires out of vertical alignment more
than one-half inch after realignment and/or wires
dislocated or mutilated so that, in the opinion of
the Engineer, they do not represent the original
mat, shall be rejected. The mats may be clamped or
wired so that the mats will retain the horizontal
and vertical alignment as specified by the plans or
as approved by the Engineer. Deformed wire may be
used for tie bars and load transfer bars that
require bending.
When fabricated steel bar or rod mats are
specified, the mats shall meet the requirements of
ASTM Designation: A-184.
(j) Mechanical Vibratory Ecruipment
All concrete placed for pavement shall be
consolidated by approved mechanical vibrators
designed to vibrate the concrete internally. The
internal type will be used for full -depth
placement. Vibratory members shall extend across
the pavement practically to, but shall not come in
contact with the side forms. Mechanically operated
vibrators shall be operated in such a manner as to
not interfere with the transverse or longitudinal
joints.
V-14
7
i
Separate vibratory units shall be operated at
sufficiently close intervals to provide uniform
vibration and consolidation to the entire width of
the pavement. The frequency in air of the internal
spud type vibratory units shall be not less than
8,000 cycles per minute and not less than 5,000
cycles per minute for tube types and the method of
operation shall be as directed by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall have a satisfactory tachometer
available for checking the vibratory elements.
The pavement vibrators shall not be used to level
or spread the concrete but shall be used only for
purposes of consolidation. The vibrators will not
be operated where the surface of the concrete, as
spread, is below the elevation of the finished
surface of the pavement, except for the first lift
of concrete where the double strike off method of
placement is employed, and the vibrators shall not
be operated for more than 15 seconds while the
machine upon which they are installed is standing
still.
Approved hand manipulated mechanical vibrators
shall be furnished in the number required for
provision of proper consolidation of the concrete
along forms, at joints and in areas not covered by
mechanically controlled vibrators. These vibrators
shall be sufficiently rigid to insure control of
the operation position of the vibrating head.
Complete and satisfactory consolidation of the
concrete pavement is a most important requirement
of this specification. Cores taken shall be
carefully examined for voids, honeycombing or other
evidence of incomplete consolidation. If such
evidence is present, changes in the consolidation
procedures and/or equipment will be made to insure
satisfactory consolidation.
(k) Finishing
Machine -Finishing. All concrete pavement shall be
finished mechanically with approved power -driven
machines, except as herein provided. Hand -finishing
will be permitted on the transition from a crowned
section to a superelevated section without crown or
curves, and on straight line superelevation
sections less than 300 feet in length. Hand -
finishing will also be permitted on that portion of
a widened pavement outside the normal pavement
width, on sections where the pavement width is not
V- 15
uniform, or required monolithic widths are greater
than that of available finishing machines.
Machine -finishing of pavement shall include the use
of power -driven spreaders, power -driven vibrators,
power -driven transverse strike -off, and screed, or
such alternate equipment as may be substituted and
approved by the Engineer.
All concrete shall
vibrator. As soon
between the forms,
shall be operated
remove all voids.
be used for areas
vibratory unit.
be consolidated by a mechanical
as the concrete has been spread
the approved mechanical vibrator
to consolidate the concrete and
Hand -manipulated vibrators shall
not covered by the mechanical
The transverse finishing machine shall first be
operated to compact and finish the pavement to the
required section and grade, without surface voids.
The machine shall be operated over each area as
many times and at such intervals as directed. At
least two trips will be required and the last trip
over a given area shall be a continuous run of not
less than 40 feet. After completion of finishing
with the transverse finishing machine a transverse
drag float may be used.
The consistency of the concrete as placed should
allow the completion of all finishing operations
without the addition of water to the surface. When
field conditions are such that additional moisture
is needed for the final concrete surface finishing
operation, the required water shall be applied to
the surface by fog spray only and shall be held to
a minimum.
After finishing is complete and the concrete still
workable, the surface shall be tested for trueness
with an approved 10 -foot steel straightedge. The
straightedge shall be operated from the side of the
pavement, placed parallel to the pavement
centerline and passed across the slab to reveal any
high spots or depression. The straightedge shall be
advanced along the pavement in successive stages of
not more than one-half its length. Practically
perfect contact of the straightedge with the
surface will be required, and the pavement shall be
leveled to this condition, in order to insure
conformity with the surface test required below,
after the pavement has fully hardened. Any
correction of the surface required shall be
V-16
accomplished
operating the
surface test
repeated.
by adding concrete if required and by
longitudinal float over the area. The
with the straightedge shall then be
-For one -lane pavement placement and uniform
widening, the equipment for machine -finishing of
concrete pavement shall be as directed by the
Engineer but shall not exceed the requirements of
these specifications.
After completion of ,the straightedge operation, as
soon as construction operations permit, texture
shall be applied with 1/8 -inch wide metal tines
with clear spacing between the tines being not less
than 1/4 inch nor more than 1/2 inch. If approved
by the Engineer, other equipment and methods may be
used, provided that a surface texture meeting the
specified requirements is obtained. The texture
shall be applied transversely. It is the intent
that the average texture depth resulting from the
number of tests directed by the Engineer be not
less than 0.060 inch with a minimum texture depth
of 0.050 inch for any one test when tested in
accordance with Test Method Tex -436-A. Should the
texture depth fall below that intended, the
finishing procedures shall be revised to produce
the desired texture.
(1) Proportioning of Concrete
Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine
aggregate, coarse aggregate, mineral filler and/or
admixture if used and water, mixed in proportions
as approved by the Engineer in the mix design as
submitted by a commercial laboratory and in the
manner set forth in this specification. On the
basis of job and laboratory investigations of the
proposed materials, the Engineer will fix the
proportions by weight of water, coarse aggregate,
fine aggregate, cement, admixture and mineral
filler where required, in order to produce concrete
of the specified strength and workability.
(m) Concrete Strength
The concrete mix will be designed with the
intention'of producing a minimum average flexural
strength (Modulus of rupture) of 600 pounds per
square inch and compressive strength of 3000 psi at
7 days and/or a 28 day compressive strength of
3,600 pounds per square inch. The coarse aggregate
V-17
factor (dry, loose volume of coarse aggregate per
unit volume of concrete) shall not exceed 0.85.
.,Unless otherwise shown on plans the concrete shall
contain not less than six sacks of cement per cubic
yard of concrete. The water -cement ratio (net
gallons of water per sack of 94 pound cement) shall
not exceed 6.0 gallon/sack. Concrete specimens
shall be prepared, cured and tested as outlined in
THD Bulletin C-11.
(n) Workability of Concrete
Concrete shall be uniformly plastic, cohesive and
workable. Workable concrete is defined as concrete
which can be placed without honeycomb and without
voids in the surface of the pavement. Workability
shall be obtained without producing a condition
such that free water appears on the surface of the
slab when being finished as specified. Where water
appears on the surface of the concrete after --
finishing.and this condition cannot be corrected by
reasonable adjustment in the batch design, the
bleeding will be immediately corrected by one of
the following measures or a combination of two or
more of the following listed measures:
(1) Redesign of the batch
(2) Addition of mineral filler to fine aggregate
(3) Increase of cement content
In the event that the measures taken do not
eliminate the bleeding immediately, concrete
placement operations will be suspended, as directed
by the Engineer, and will remain suspended, until
such time.as additional trial mixes demonstrate
that a non-bleeding batch ,design has been achieved.
Failing to achieve,a satisfactory laboratory batch
design the Contractor will be required to use
different materials and to.submit samples thereof
for additional trial mixes and pilot beams as
specified in THD Bulletin C-11.
The mix will be designed with the intention of
producing concrete which will have a slump of 1-1/2
inches when tested in accordance with THD Bulletin
C-11. The slump shall not be less than 1 inch nor
more than 3 inches
V-18
i
(o) Mix Design
Prior to the beginning of the concrete placement,
and thereafter before any change in source or
characteristics of any of the ingredients except
mineral filler, sufficient compression tests using
various quantities of cement and aggregates
proposed for use shall be supplied the Engineer for
consideration.
Mixes will be designed and made in sufficient
number to represent a wide range of water -cement
ratios. These mixes shall comply with the
requirements herein prescribed for workability.
From these preliminary tests the water -cement ratio
required to produce concrete of the specified
strength will be selected by the Engineer. The
Contractor may at any time present in writing a
suggested mix design and the Engineer will make the
tests necessary to determine its acceptability
under these specification requirements.
For mixing the concrete to be used in making the
preliminary test specimens, the Contractor shall
furnish and operate the mixer approved for use on
this project. A minimum one cubic yard batch shall
be mixed or a batch of sufficient size to afford
proper mixing, whichever is the greater. In lieu of
the above mixer and procedure, the Contractor may
furnish a portable mixer of sufficient rated
capacity to mix a minimum three -sack batch; in
which case, the batch mixed for the preliminary
test shall not be less than the rated capacity of
the mixer furnished.
No additional compensation will be allowed for
?" equipment, materials or labor involved in making
preliminary test specimens.
�,.. After the mix proportions and water -cement ratio
a required to produce concrete of the specified
` strength have been determined, placing of the
concrete may be started.
Type I cement shall have a specified surface area
within a range of 1,600 to 1,900 square centimeters
per gram. A change in the specific surface of the
cement of more than 100 square centimeters per gram
may require a new mix design.
V-19
(p) Subgrade and Forms
Preparation of subgrade.
Rolling and sprinkling shall be performed when and
to the extent directed, and the roadbed shall be
completed to or above the plane of, the typical
sections shown on the plans and the lines and
grades established by the Engineer.
Drainage of the roadbed shall be maintained at all
times. Sealed or treated subgrade cut in the
preparation of the subgrade or setting of pavement
forms shall be resealed or the subgrade restored to
the original conditions as directed by the
Engineer. See Section V-2.
The subgrade shall be maintained in a smooth,
compacted condition in conformity with the required
section and established grade until the pavement is
placed and shall be kept thoroughly wetted down
sufficiently in advance of placing any pavement to
insure its being in a firm and moist condition for
at least 2 inches below the prepared surface.
Sufficient subgrade shall always be prepared in
advance to insure satisfactory prosecution of the
work. No equipment or hauling shall be permitted on
the prepared subgrade, except by special permission
of the Engineer, which will be granted only in
exceptional cases and only where suitable
protection in the form of two-ply timber mats or
other approved material is provided.
(q) Placing and Removing Forms
The subgrade under the forms shall be firm and cut
true to grade so that each form section when placed
will be firmly in contact for its whole length and
base width, and exactly at the established grade.
Forms shall be staked with at least three pins for
each 10 -foot section. A pin shall be placed at each
side of every joint. Form sections shall be tightly
joined and keyed to prevent relative displacement.
Forms shall be cleaned and oiled each time they are
used.
Forms shall be set for a sufficient distance in
advance of�the point where concrete is being placed
to permit a finished and approved subgrade length
of not less than 300 feet ahead of the mixing.
Conformity of the grade and alignment of forms
shall be checked immediately prior to placing
V-20
Allowable grade revisions shall in no way affect
the governing finishing and surface requirements of
the completed pavement.
All grade revisions shall be established by the
Engineer. No additional payment over the contract
unit price will be made for any pavement of a
thickness exceeding that required on the plans as a
result of adjustment of the forms.
I. Concrete Mixincr and Placing
(1) Mixin
The aggregates, mineral filler if required, cement and
water shall be measured separately, introduced into the
mixer, and mixed for a period of not less than 50
seconds nor more than 90 seconds, measured from the
time the last aggregate enters the drum to the time
discharge of the concrete begins. The required water
shall be introduced into the mixing drum during the
first 15 seconds of mixing. The entire contents of the
p V-21
17'
concrete, and all necessary corrections made by the
Contractor. Where any forms have been disturbed or
�.•
any subgrade becomes unstable, the forms shall be
reset and rechecked. In exceptional cases, the
Engineer may require stakes driven to the grade of
the bottom of the forms. Sufficient stability of
the forms to support the equipment operated thereon
and to withstand its vibration without springing or
settlement shall be required. If forms settle
and/or deflect over 1/8 inch under finishing
operations, paving operations shall be stopped and
the forms shall be reset to line and grade.
Forms shall remain in place for not less than 12
hours after the concrete has been placed. They
shall be carefully removed in such a manner that
�
little or no damage will be done to the edge of the
pavement. Any damage resulting from this operation
shall be immediately repaired. After the forms have
been removed, the ends of all joints shall be
cleaned, and any honeycombed areas pointed up with
approved mortar. Immediately after pointing is
completed, the form trench, if used, shall be
filled with earth from the shoulders in such a
k
manner as to shed water from rainfall or curing
away from the edge of the pavement. On completion
of the required curing, the subgrade or shoulders
(
adjacent to the pavement shall be graded in a
condition to maintain drainage.
Allowable grade revisions shall in no way affect
the governing finishing and surface requirements of
the completed pavement.
All grade revisions shall be established by the
Engineer. No additional payment over the contract
unit price will be made for any pavement of a
thickness exceeding that required on the plans as a
result of adjustment of the forms.
I. Concrete Mixincr and Placing
(1) Mixin
The aggregates, mineral filler if required, cement and
water shall be measured separately, introduced into the
mixer, and mixed for a period of not less than 50
seconds nor more than 90 seconds, measured from the
time the last aggregate enters the drum to the time
discharge of the concrete begins. The required water
shall be introduced into the mixing drum during the
first 15 seconds of mixing. The entire contents of the
p V-21
17'
drum shall be discharged before any materials of the
succeeding batch are introduced.
The Engineer may increase the minimum mixing time to
that necessary to produce thoroughly mixed concrete
based on inspection or appropriate uniformity tests.
The mixing time may be varied at any time necessary to
produce acceptable concrete.
If Ready -Mix concrete is used, the concrete shall be
discharged into the specified hauling equipment and
delivered to the road site. If truck agitators are
used, the concrete shall be continuously agitated at
not less than one nor more than six rpm as directed by
the Engineer.
The initial batch of concrete mixed after each time the
mixer is washed out shall be enriched by additional
mortar. The additional mortar shall be one sack of
cement and three parts of sand.
(2) Placinct
Any concrete not placed as herein prescribed within 30
minutes after mixing shall be rejected and disposed of
as directed except as provided otherwise herein. Except
by specific written authorization of the Engineer, —
concrete shall not be placed when the temperature is
below 40F, the temperature being taken in the shade and
away from artificial heat. _
When such permission is granted, the Contractor shall
furnish an approved enclosure, such as canvas -covered
framework, to enclose and protect all pavement so —
placed, and shall maintain the temperature of the air
surrounding the concrete at not less than 500 F for not
less than 5 days. When concrete is being placed in cold --
weather, other than under the conditions stated above,
the Contractor shall have available a sufficient supply
of an approved covering material to immediately protect _
concrete if the air temperature falls to.320 F, or
below, before concrete has been placed 4 hours. Such
protection shall remain in place during the period the
temperature continues below 320 F or for a period of
not more than 5 days. Neither salt nor other chemical
admixtures shall be added to the concrete to prevent
freezing. The Contractor shall be responsible for the --
quality and strength of concrete under cold weather
conditions and any concrete damage by freezing shall be
removed and replaced at his expense.- Concrete shall not
be placed before sunrise and shall not be placed later
V-22
p
than will permit the finishing of the pavement during
sufficient natural light.
Concrete shall be placed only on approved subgrade or
sub -base, and unless otherwise indicated on plans, the
full width of the pavement shall be constructed
monolithically. The concrete 'shall be deposited on the
subgrade or sub -base in such manner as to require as
little rehandling as possible. Where hand spreading is
necessary, concrete shall be distributed to the
required depth by use of shovels. The use of rakes will
not be permitted. Workmen will not be permitted to walk
in the concrete with any earth or foreign material on
their boots or shoes. The placing of concrete shall be
rapid and continuous.
Concrete shall be distributed to such depth that when
consolidated and finished, the slab thickness required
by plans will be obtained at all points and the surface
shall not, at any point, be below the established
grade. Special care shall be exercised in placing and
spading concrete against forms and at all joints to
prevent the forming of honeycombs and voids.
If in the opinion of the Engineer, the temperature,
wind and/or humidity conditions are such that the
quality of the concrete will not be adversely affected,
the specified placing time may be extended to a maximum
of 45 minutes.
(3) Reinforcing Steel
All reinforcing steel, including steel wire fabric
reinforcement, tie bars, and dowel bars shall be
accurately placed and secured in position in accordance
with details shown on plans. Reinforcing bars shall be
securely wired together at alternate intersections,
following a pattern approved by the Engineer, and at
all splices, and shall be securely wired to each dowel
�..
intersected. When wire fabric is used, it shall be
securely wired together at all splices and to each
dowel intersected. Tie bars shall be installed in the
required position by the method and device shown on
plans or by approved method and device equivalent
thereto.
Tightly adhered scale or rust which resists removal by
vigorous wire brushing need not be removed except that
excessive loss of section to the reinforcement due to
rust shall be cause for rejection. Excessive loss of
section shall be defined as loss of section to the
extent that the reinforcement will no longer meet the
V-23
physical requirements for the size and grade of steel
specified.
Where plans require an assembly of parts at pavement
joints, the assembly shall be completed, placed at
required location and elevation, and all parts rigidly
secured in required position by the method and devices
shown on plans. Dowel bars shall be accurately
installed in joint assemblies in accordance with plans,
each parallel to the pavement surface and to the center
line of the pavement, and shall be rigidly secured in
required position by such means (as shown on plans)
that will prevent their displacement during placing and
finishing of the concrete.
(4) Joints
When the placing of concrete is stopped, a bulkhead of
sufficient cross sectional area to prevent deflection,
accurately notched to receive the load transmission
devices or dowels if required, and shaped accurately to
the cross section of the pavement shall be provided and
installed as a back-up for the joint filler and rigidly
secured in required position to permit accurate
finishing of the concrete up to the joint. After
concrete has been finished to the joint, formation of
the joint seal space and finishing of the joint shall
be executed. The back-up bulkhead shall remain in place
until immediately prior to the time when concrete
placing is resumed, when it shall be carefully removed
in such manner that no element of the joint assembly
will be disturbed. The exposed portion of the joint
assembly shall be free of adherent concrete, dirt or
other material at the time placing of concrete is
resumed.
If necessary for proper installation of joint sealer,
excessive spalling of the joint groove shall be
repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer in the
manner which he prescribes.
Careful workmanship shall be exercised in the
construction of all joints to insure that, the concrete
sections are completely separated by an open joint or
by the joint materials and to insure that the joints
will be true to the outline indicated.
(5) Weakened Plane Joints
Weakened plane joints shall consist of transverse
contraction joints and longitudinal joints and shall be
sawed as specified on the plans or as directed by the
V-24
Engineer. When the joints are sawed, the saw shall be
power driven, shall be manufactured especially for the
�.. purpose of sawing concrete, and shall be capable of
performing the work. Saw blades shall be designed to
make a clean smooth cut having a width and depth of cut
as detailed on the plans. Tracks adequately anchored,
chalk, string line or other approved methods shall be
used to provide true alignment of the joints. The
concrete saw shall be maintained in good operating
condition and the Contractor shall keep a stand-by
power saw on the project at all times when concrete
operations are under way.
If membrane curing is used, the portion of the seal
which has been disturbed by sawing operations shall be
restored by the Contractor by spraying the area with
additional curing seal.
(6) Contraction Joints
Transverse contraction joints shall be formed or sawed
joints perpendicular to the centerline and surface of
the pavement. Where sawed joints are used, contraction
joints at approximately 10 to 15 -foot intervals shall
be sawed as soon as sawing can be accomplished without
damage to the pavement and before 12 hours after the
concrete has been placed, the exact time to be approved
by the Engineer. The remaining contraction joints shall
be sawed in a uniform pattern as directed by the
Engineer, and they shall be completed before
uncontrolled cracking of the pavement takes place. All
joints shall be completed before permitting traffic to
use the pavement.
(7) Longitudinal Joints
r- Longitudinal joints shall be sawed within two days
after construction of the pavement. Sawing shall not
cause damage to the pavement and the grooves shall be
cut with a minimum of spalling. No traffic (including
construction traffic) shall be permitted on the
pavement until the longitudinal joint is cut.
(8) Joint Sealers
After the joints in the hardened concrete have been
repaired (if necessary) and cleaned to the satisfaction
of the Engineer, the joints will be filled with the
W.R. Meadows sof-seal or approved equivalent. After the
sealant is installed it will effectively seal the
joints against water, dirt and stones throughout
repeated cycles of expansion and contraction.
V-25
4.
f
(9) Asphalt Board
i
Premolded materials, wherever used, shall be anchored
to the concrete on one side of the joint by means of
copper wire or nails not lighter than No. 12 B&S gage.
Such anchorage shall be sufficient to overcome the
tendency of the material to fall out of the joint.
(10) Spreading and Finishin4
All concrete pavement shall be consolidated by a
mechanical vibrator. As soon as theconcretehas been
spread between the forms, the approved mechanical
vibrator shall be operated to consolidate the concrete
and remove all voids. Hand manipulated vibrators shall
be used for areas not covered by the mechanical
vibratory unit.
After finishing is completed and the concrete still
workable, the surface shall be tested for trueness with
an approved 10 -foot steel straightedge. The
straightedge shall be operated from the side of the
pavement, placed parallel to the pavement centering and
passed across the slab to reveal any high spots or
depressions. The straightedge shall be advanced along
the pavement in successive stages of not more than one-
half its length. Practically perfect contact of the
straightedge with the surface will be required, and the
pavement shall be leveled to this condition, in order
to insure conformity with the surface test required
after the pavement has fully hardened..Any correction
of the surface required shall be accomplished by adding
concrete if required and by operating the longitudinal
float over the area. The surface test with the
straightedge shall then be repeated. Extra water will
not be added for finishing.
After completion of the straightedge operation, the
first pass of the burlap drag shall be made as soon as
construction operations permit and before the water
sheen has disappeared from the surface. This shall be
followed by as many passes as required to produce the
desired texture depth. There shall be no unnecessary
delays between passes. The drag shall be wet during use
and maintained clean and free from encrusted mortar. It
is the intent that the average texture depth resulting
from the number of tests directed by the Engineer be
not less than 0.025 inches with a minimum texture depth
of 0.020 inches for any one test. Should the texture
depth fall below that intended, the finishing
procedures shall be revised to produce the desired
texture.
V-26
(11) Protection of Pavement and Opening to Traffic
The Contractor shall erect and maintain the barricades
required by plans and such other standard and approved
devices as will exclude public traffic and traffic of
his employees and agents from the newly placed pavement
for the periods of time and at locations hereinafter
prescribed by the Engineer. Portions of the roadway, or
crossings of the roadbed required to be maintained open
for use by traffic, shall not be obstructed by the
above required barricades.
The pavement shall be closed to all traffic, including
vehicles of the Contractor, until the concrete is at
least 7 days old. This period of closure! to all traffic
may be extended if, in the opinion of the Engineer,
weather or other conditions make it advisable to
provide an extension of the time of protection.
At the end of the 7 day period and as long thereafter
as ordered by the Engineer, and if so desired by the
Contractor, the pavement may be opened for use by
vehicles of the Contractor provided the gross weight
(vehicle plus load) of such vehicles does not exceed
14,000 pounds. Such opening, however shall in no manner
relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities for
the work. On those sections of the pavement thus opened
to traffic, all joints shall first be sealed, the
pavement cleaned and earth placed against the pavement
edges before permitting vehicles thereon.
j^ After the concrete in any section is 14 days old, or as
long thereafter as ordered by the Engineer, such
section of pavement may be opened to all traffic as
required by plans or when so directed by the Engineer.
On those sections of the pavement thus opened to
traffic, all joints shall first be sealed, the pavement
cleaned, earth placed against the pavement edges and
all other work performed as required for the safety of
�• traffic.
V-27
The Contractor shall have available at all times
hand
brooms with stiff bristles for the purpose of providing
textures when the pavement surface is in such a
condition that the burlap drag or other methods
being
employed will not provide the desired texture.
r
After completion of dragging and about the time
the
concrete becomes hard; the edge of the slab and
joints
shall be carefully finished as directed by the
Engineer, and the pavement shall be left smooth
and
true to line.
(11) Protection of Pavement and Opening to Traffic
The Contractor shall erect and maintain the barricades
required by plans and such other standard and approved
devices as will exclude public traffic and traffic of
his employees and agents from the newly placed pavement
for the periods of time and at locations hereinafter
prescribed by the Engineer. Portions of the roadway, or
crossings of the roadbed required to be maintained open
for use by traffic, shall not be obstructed by the
above required barricades.
The pavement shall be closed to all traffic, including
vehicles of the Contractor, until the concrete is at
least 7 days old. This period of closure! to all traffic
may be extended if, in the opinion of the Engineer,
weather or other conditions make it advisable to
provide an extension of the time of protection.
At the end of the 7 day period and as long thereafter
as ordered by the Engineer, and if so desired by the
Contractor, the pavement may be opened for use by
vehicles of the Contractor provided the gross weight
(vehicle plus load) of such vehicles does not exceed
14,000 pounds. Such opening, however shall in no manner
relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities for
the work. On those sections of the pavement thus opened
to traffic, all joints shall first be sealed, the
pavement cleaned and earth placed against the pavement
edges before permitting vehicles thereon.
j^ After the concrete in any section is 14 days old, or as
long thereafter as ordered by the Engineer, such
section of pavement may be opened to all traffic as
required by plans or when so directed by the Engineer.
On those sections of the pavement thus opened to
traffic, all joints shall first be sealed, the pavement
cleaned, earth placed against the pavement edges and
all other work performed as required for the safety of
�• traffic.
V-27
When High Early Strength Concrete, resulting from the
use of Type III cement as required by plans or special
provisions, is used, the pavement may be opened to all
traffic after the concrete is 7 days old, or as long
thereafter as ordered by the Engineer, subject to the
same provisions governing the opening after 14 days as
above prescribed.
Where the Contractor desires to move any equipment not
licensed for operating on public streets, on or across
any pavement opened to traffic, he shall protect the
pavement from all damage by means of two-ply timber
mats of 2 inch stock or runways of heavier material
laid on a layer of earth, all as approved by the
Engineer.
The Engineer may require the opening of:pavement to
traffic prior to the minimum time specified above under
conditions of emergency which in his opinion require
such action in the interest of the public. In no case
shall the Engineer order opening of the pavement to
traffic within less than 72 hours after the last
concrete in the section is placed. The Contractor shall
remove all obstructing materials, place earth against
the pavement edges and perform other work involved in
providing for the safety of traffic as required by the
Engineer in ordering emergency opening. Orders for
emergency opening of the pavement to traffic will be
issued by the Engineer in writing.
2. Earth Work
A. Subgrade Preparation for curb and gutter, streets, paving
(asphalt and concrete) alley returns, alley paving, valley
gutters and 'earth work.
Description
Sub -grade preparation shall include the removal, haul and
disposal of all obstructions, including existing curbs,
gutters, paving materials, base materials, concrete slabs
and other obstructions shown on the plans or as designated
by the Engineer and all scarifying, pulverizing, wetting,
disking, blading and rolling with compactors to a depth of
at least 6" on residential streets and to a depth of 12" on
major thoroughfares and collector streets. Compactors will
be used from the bottom to the finished sub -grade elevation
to compact the subgrade to 95% Standard Proctor Density
(A.S.T.M. D-698) in conformity to the line, grade and
sections as shown on the plans or as established by the
Engineer.
V-28
r�
After the obstructions have been removed, or in conjunction
with such removal, the street bed and/or alley return
r.. foundation and/or sidewalk foundation shall be excavated
and shaped in conformity with the typical section and to
the line and grades as shown on the plans or as established
by the Engineer.
All unstable or otherwise objectionable material shall be
removed from the subgrade and replaced with approved
material. The excavation shall be done in such a manner as
to require a minimum of fill to bring the subgrade to the
correct elevation. When the subgrade is too low as
initially excavated, the Contractor shall place additional
soil or caliche in layers not exceeding four (411) inches
and compact each layer by moistening and rolling.
(1) Scraper Work
The utilization of a scraper for excavation and shaping
of subgrade and base is permitted with exceptions which
are determined by depths of utility lines. Unless
otherwise specified by the Engineer, the scraper shall
not exceed 23 cubic yards capacity as rated loaded
flush by the manufacturer.
(2) Compaction
The subgrade will be wetted and rolled to secure 95W
Standard Proctor Density. Before placement of the base
and/or curb and gutter and/or concrete valley gutter
and/or alley return slab and/or sidewalk, the subgrade
will be checked by test rolling six (6) times or more
if required by the Engineer with a self-propelled
roller weighing not less than 35 tons. Any soft of
unstable spots found by test rolling will be corrected
by removing the soft or unstable material and replacing
it with suitable soil compacted to 95t Proctor Density.
The areas so corrected shall be test rolled as
specified above.
(3) Intersection
Special care shall be exercised in grading street
intersections where dips are located so that the cross
profiles present a smooth riding surface and so that
the compacted base thickness will not be less than six
(611) or nine (911). Crown section shall begin to
decrease 60 feet back of end of radius for residential
streets. Wider street dips will be blue topped as shown
on the detail sheet.
V-29
r
(4) Prosecution of the Work
The Contractor may proceed with.subgrade preparation on
any schedule he may select except that, unless hindered
by factors beyond his control, not more than seven (7)
calendar days shall elapse between the time subgrade
preparation is begun and the spreading and compacting
of the caliche base has started. Measures shall.be
taken by the.contractor not to leave driveways
impassable during the night hours.
(5) Excess Materials
Materials excavated in excess of that needed in fill
and backfill behind curb shall be wasted by the
Contractor. Care shall be taken by the Contractor to
use only topsoil in the backfill behind the curbs. The
Contractor may dispose of the surplus excavated
material in any manner not objectionable to the public,
and it is his responsibility to locate a suitable site
for dumping the waste excavation. In any event, the
Contractor shall not dispose of the surplus materials
in any of the lake areas either outside or within the
city limits. Location of disposal sites near any lake
area must be approved by the Engineer.
(6) Subgrade for Alley Pavin
The preparation of the subgrade for concrete alley
paving shall be done in the same manner as other
subgrade excavation which requires scarifying, wetting,
disking, blading, rolling, and compacting. The
,Contractor will be required to excavate around existing
improvements such as gas meter, water meters, poles,
etc. Each of these obstructions shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor. Trees that conflict
with the improvements shall be removed by the
Contractor upon approval of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall shape to subgrade to the cross-
section shown on the plans and to the lines and grades
established by the Engineer. After the forms are set
and before the reinforcing is placed, the Contractor
shall finally shape the subgrade so that there will be
a minimum thickness of concrete of five (511) inches at
the centerline and seven and one-half inches (7-1/211)
at the outside edges. All areas where fill material is
required shall be compacted. The subgrade shall be
wetted and rolled to secure 90t Proctor Density in the
upper six (611) making a firm foundation for the alley
paving.
V-30
The Contractor will be required to shape the portion of
the alley outside of the limits of the concrete slab so
that all drainage in the alley will be to the invert of
the concrete slab. Excess excavated materials shall be
hauled to any approved location'.
B. Embankment
Description
Prior to placing any embankment, all "Preparing Right -Of -
Way" and/or "Clearing and Grubbing" operations shall have
been completed on the excavation sources and areas over
which the embankment is to be placed. Stump holes or other
small excavations in the limits of the embankment shall be
backfilled with suitable material and thoroughly tamped by
approved methods before commencing embankment construction.
The surface of the ground, including plowed loosened
ground, or surface roughened by small washes or otherwise,
shall be 'restored to approximately its original slope by
blading or other methods and where indicated on plans or
required by the Engineer, the ground surface thus prepared
shall be compacted by sprinkling and rolling.
Where embankments are to be placed adjacent to or over
existing roadbeds, the roadbeds slopes shall be plowed or
scarified to a depth of not less than six (611) inches and
the embankment built up in successive layers, as
hereinafter specified, to the level of the old roadbed
before its height is increased. Then, if directed, the top
of the roadbed shall be scarified and recompacted with the
next layer of the new embankment. The total depth of the
scarified and added material shall not exceed the
permissible depth of layer.
Trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, or other unsuitable
materials shall not be placed in embankment.
Except as otherwise required by the plans, all embankment
shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to
the finished grade of the roadbed and unless otherwise
specified each layer shall be so constructed as to provide
a uniform slope of 1/4" inch per foot from the center line
of the roadbed to the outside.
Embankments shall be constructed to the grade established
by the Engineer and completed embankments shall correspond
C to the general shape of the typical sections shown on the
plans and each section of the embankment shall correspond
r., to the detailed section or slopes established by the
Engineer. After completion of the roadway, it shall be
V-31
7
continuously maintained to its finished section and grade
until the project is accepted.
Except as otherwise specified, earth embankments shall be
constructed in successive layers for the full width of the
individual roadway cross section and in such lengths as are
best suited to the sprinkling and compaction methods
utilized.
Layers of embankment may be formed by utilizing equipment
which will spread the material as it is dumped, or they may
be formed by being spread by blading or other acceptable
methods from piles or windrows dumped from excavating or
hauling equipment in such amounts that material is evenly
distributed.
Minor quantities of rock encountered in constructing earth
embankment shall be incorporated in the specified
embankment layers, or may be placed in accordance with the
requirements for the construction of rock embankments in
the deeper fills within the limits of haul shown on the
plans, provided such placement of rock is not immediately
adjacent to structures. Also, rock may placed in the
portions of embankments outside the limits of the completed
roadbed width where the size of the rock prohibits their
incorporation in the normal embankment layers.
Each layer of ,embankment shall be uniform as to material,
density and moisture content before beginning compaction.
Where layers of unlike materials abut each other, each
layer shall be featheredged for at least 100 feet or the
material shall be so mixed as to prevent abrupt changes in
the soil. No material placed in the embankment by dumping
in a pile or windrow shall be incorporated in a layer in
that position, but all such piles or windrows shall be
moved by blading or similar methods. Clods or lumps of
material shall be broken and the embankment material mixed
by blading, disking, or similar methods to the end that a
uniform material or uniform density is secured in each
layer. Water required for sprinkling,to bring the material
to the moisture content necessary for maximum compaction
shall be evenly applied and it shall be the responsibility
of the Contractor to secure a uniform moisture content
throughout the layer by such methods as may be necessary.
In order to facilitate uniform wetting of the embankment
material, the Contractor shallwaterat the material source
if the sequence and methods used are such as not to cause
an undue waste of water. Such procedure shall be subject to
the approval of the Engineer.
V-32
r*■
r
r
1 (1) Compaction
The compaction method shall require that each layer
shall be compacted to the required density by any
method, type, and size of equipment which will give the
required compaction. The depth of layers, prior to
compaction, shall depend upon the type of sprinkling
and compaction equipment used. Prior to and in
conjunction with the rolling operation, Each layer
shall be brought to the moisture content necessary to
obtain the required density and shall be kept leveled
with suitable equipment to insure uniform compaction
over the entire layer.
For each layer of earth embankment and select material,
it is the intent of this specification to provide the
density as required herein, unless otherwise shown on
the plans. The required compaction shall be 95%
Standard Proctor Density A.S.T.M. D-698.
Should the subgrade, due to any reason or cause, lose
required stability, density, or finish before the
pavement structure is placed, it shall be recompacted
and refinished at the sole expense of the Contractor.
Excessive loss of moisture in the subgrade shall be
prevented by sprinkling, sealing, or covering with a
subsequent layer of granular material. Excessive loss
of moisture shall be construed to exist when the
subgrade soil moisture content is more than 4 percent
below the optimum for compaction to Standard Proctor
Density. (Also see Section V, Item 2 [A] Compaction.)
At Culverts
Embankments adjacent to culverts which cannot be
compacted by use of the blading and rolling equipment
V-33
After each section of earth embankment or select
material is complete, tests as necessary will be made
by the Engineer. If the 'material fails to meet the
density specified, the course shall be reworked as
necessary to obtain the specified compaction, and the
compaction method may be altered on subsequent work to
obtain specified density. Such procedure shall be
E
determined by, and subject to, the approval of the
Engineer.
At any time, the Engineer may order proof rolling to
test the uniformity'of compaction of the embankment
subgrade. All irregularities, depressions, weak or soft
r
spots which develop shall be corrected immediately by
the Contractor.
Should the subgrade, due to any reason or cause, lose
required stability, density, or finish before the
pavement structure is placed, it shall be recompacted
and refinished at the sole expense of the Contractor.
Excessive loss of moisture in the subgrade shall be
prevented by sprinkling, sealing, or covering with a
subsequent layer of granular material. Excessive loss
of moisture shall be construed to exist when the
subgrade soil moisture content is more than 4 percent
below the optimum for compaction to Standard Proctor
Density. (Also see Section V, Item 2 [A] Compaction.)
At Culverts
Embankments adjacent to culverts which cannot be
compacted by use of the blading and rolling equipment
V-33
used in compacting the adjoining sections of embankment
shall be compacted in the manner prescribed below.
The following requirements shall apply to.the
backfilling of pipe culverts in addition to the
pertinent portions of the general requirements given in
the preceding section.
After the bedding has been prepared and the pipe
installed as required by the pertinent specifications,
selected materials from excavation or borrow shall be
placed along both sides of the pipe equally, in uniform
layers not to exceed six (611) inches in depth (loose
measurement), wetted and thoroughly compacted so that
on each side of the pipe there shall be a.berm of
thoroughly compacted materials at least as wide as the
external diameter of the pipe, except insofar as
undisturbed material obtrudes into this area. The
method and degree of compaction shall be same as
specified above.
Filling and/or backfilling shall be continued in this
manner to the elevation of the top of the pipe. Special
care shall.be taken to secure thorough compaction of
.the material placed under the haunches of the pipe. All
fill or backfill below the top of the pipe shall be
compacted mechanically in the same manner and to the
density prescribed above, regardless of whether or not
such material is placed within the limits of the
embankment or roadbed.In the case of embankments, the
remainder of the fill above the top of pipe shall be
placed in accordance with the provisions for placing
roadway embankment as prescribed in the pertinent
specification included in the contract. No
construction traffic will be permitted to cross any
pipe culvert until the specified minimum depth of fill
above the pipe has been placed and consolidated in
accordance with these provisions.
3 Base Course
Description
The base course shall consist of a minimum of six (611) or nine
(911) inches of compacted approved caliche, black base or
combination of caliche and black base material shaped in
accordance with the typical cross-sections provided in the
plans and to the grades established by the Engineer.
V-34
A. Hauling and Placing
Approved base material shall be hauled in vehicles of
uniform capacity to the site and dumped evenly so that an
adequate quantity of material will be placed to provide a
minimum of six (611) inches of compacted base material on
all units except major thoroughfares streets. On these
streets the Contractor will construct nine (911) inches of
compacted base material.
B. Processing
Processing of caliche base shall be accomplished in
multiple lifts of three (311) inches in compacted depth.
Each lift or layer shall be thoroughly moistened and rolled
as it is cut from the windrow. After all of the material is
cut from the windrow to the sides, it shall be cut back to
the center in lifts of three (311) inches and thoroughly
moistened and rolled again. Succeeding layers shall then be
placed similarly until the caliche base course is completed
and 95t Proctor Density has been attained.
All nine (911) inch compacted caliche base shall be
accomplished in three (311) inch lifts. The caliche course
shall then be sprinkled as required and rolled with
compactors as directed until a uniform compaction of 95$ of
"Standard Proctor Density" is secured. Throughout this
entire operation, the shape of the course shall be
maintained by blading; and the surface upon completion
shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical sections
shown on plans and to the established lines and grade.
Processing of asphaltic base shall be as directed by the
Engineer and similar to that described under Hot Mix
�.
Asphaltic Concrete Surface. Lift thickness will be
indicated by the Engineer or as shown on the paving plans:
t'
Electronic screed controls will be required for placing
black base on grade. The density required will be
determined by the Engineer after material to be used has
been approved. All areas and "nests" of segregated coarse
or fine material shall be corrected or removed and replaced
with well graded material as directed by the Engineer. Each
layer of black base will be test rolled six (6) times with
a 25 ton roller and approved by the Engineer before
succeeding layers are placed. A delay in construction of
the next succeeding layer of black base caused by rain,
snow, etc. will require re -rolling and approval prior to
construction of the next layer.
The utilization of the traffic to compact and bind the base
is an essential part of the construction, and whenever
possible the base course shall be opened to traffic, and
V-35
the Contractor shall direct and distribute the traffic.
uniformly over the entire width of the base course. During
the period of at least seven (7) days that traffic is being
directed over the base, the caliche base shall be
satisfactorily maintained by the use of water trucks,
blades, drags and such other equipment as is required. The
base course shall be so maintained until the wearing
surface is placed thereon. The surface shall not be placed
on base course that exceeds optimum moisture by two (2W)
per cent.
C. Finishing
Description
The compacted base shall be finished and shaped,immediately
preceding the application of the surface treatment. All
loose or unconsolidated material shall be removed and the
surface moistened and rolled with a steel wheel roller. All
irregularities, depression or weak spots which develop
during compaction shall be corrected by scarifying the
areas affected, adding or removing material as required,
reshaping and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling.
(1) Weak Spots in Base
The finished base shall be checked by a minimum of six
(6) test rollings with a 25 ton roller. Any weak spots
found shall be remedied before the surface is applied.
The weak spots maybe remedied by reprocessing the area
in which the weak spot is found in which case the base
will be allowed to cure for 72 hours before the surface
is applied. If the. Contractor chooses, he may repair
the weak spot by removing the material involved and
replacing it with type °C" hot mix or asphalt
stabilized base. In this case the surface may be
applied as soon as the hot mix patch has been compacted
and cooled to ambient temperature.
(2) Allowable Deviation in Finish
Immediately prior to placing of surfacing, the base
shall be checked and any deviation in excess of'three
-eights (3/8) inch from the established grade or true
cross section shall be corrected as provided above for
defects. Longitudinally a straightedge 10 feet long
shall be used to detect any deviation which shall be
corrected as defects.
4. HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACE
Description
V-36
r
This item shall consist of 1-1/2" compacted T.H.D. Type "C"
hot mix asphaltic concrete surface, using approved crushed
stone aggregate, constructed over a compacted base. The base
shall be primed and a tack coat applied as required.
A. General (Test Method Tex -207-F)
It is the intent of this specification that the material be
placed and compacted to a density of 95 to 100 percent of
that density developed in the laboratory test method of
molding stability specimens with a minimum compacted
thickness of one and one half inches (1-1/211). Sufficient
density tests will be made in order to determine that the
compaction procedure used by the Contractor is adequate and
proper to accomplish the intent as stated above.
If the mixture produced does not have the specified
qualities, it shall be changed until it does. The pavement
shall be constructed on the previously completed and
approved subgrade, base, existing pavement, bituminous
surface or in the case of a bridge, on the prepared floor
slab, as herein specified and in accordance with the
details shown on the plans.
B. Temperature Requirements (The temperature readings to be
used will be as reported by the National Weather Service
on an hourly report [telephone number - 762-0141.])
(1) HMAC - November 1 until April 1
a. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed when the
air temperature is below 550 degrees F and falling.
b. The asphaltic mixture may be placed when the air
temperature is above 500 degrees F and rising.
(2) HMAC - April 1 until November 1
a. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed when the
air temperature is below 500 degrees F and falling.
b. The asphaltic mixture may be placed when the air
temperature is above 450 degrees F and rising.
(3) Asphalt Stabilized Base
a.The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed when
the air temperature is below 45°F and falling.
b.The asphaltic mixture may be placed when the
air temperature is above 40OF and rising.
V-37
The Engineer may use his discretion to require a cover
over the asphaltic mixture when being hauled from the
plant to the job site.
If the temperature of a load of asphaltic concrete
measured while passing through the lay -down machine is
25OF less than the mixing temperature, the load may be
rejected by the Engineer and payment will not be made
for the rejected material.
C. Preparation of Base and Areas Bordering
The compacted base upon which the hot mix asphaltic
concrete surface is to be placed shall be prepared and
cleaned, as required by the Engineer, before the prime
coat is applied.
D. Prime Coat
The prime coat shall consist of an application of .25
gallons per square yard.of MC asphalt.
E. Tack Coat
Before the asphaltic mixture is laid, the surface upon
which the tack coat is to be placed shall be cleaned
thoroughly to the satisfaction of the engineer. The
surface shall be given a uniform application of tack coat
using asphaltic materials of this specification. This tack
coat shall be applied, as directed by the engineer, with
approved sprayer. Where the mixture will adhere to the
surface on which it is to be placed without the use of a
tack coat, the tack coat may be eliminated by the
Engineer. All contact surfaces of curbs and structures and
all joints shall be painted with a thin uniform coat of
the asphaltic material meeting the requirements for tack
coat. The tack coat shall be rolled with a pneumatic tire
roller as directed by the Engineer.
F. Transporting Asphaltic Concrete
The asphaltic mixture, prepared as specified above shall
be hauled to the work site in tight vehicles previously
cleaned of all foreign material. The dispatching of the
vehicles shall be arranged so that all material delivered
may be placed, and all rolling shall be completed during
day -light hours. The inside of the truck body may be
given a light coat of oil, lime slurry or other material
satisfactory to the Engineer, if necessary, to prevent
mixture from adhering to the body. In cool weather or for
long hauls, canvas covers and insulating of truck bodies
V-38
may be required. Vehicles of the semi -trailer type are
prohibited.
G. Placing
Generally the asphaltic mixture shall be dumped and spread
on the approved prepared surface with the specified
spreading and finishing machine in such manner that when
properly compacted the finished pavement will be smooth,
of uniform density and will meet the requirements of the
typical cross sections and the surface tests. During the
application of asphaltic material, care shall be taken to
prevent splattering of adjacent pavement, curb and gutter,
and structures.
The surface course shall be laid in a compacted layer with
a minimum compacted -thickness of one and one-half inches
(1-1/2").
A level up course, 1/2" or more in thickness, shall
require the use of black base or a coarse grade of hot mix
approved by the Engineer. It shall be spread and
compacted to lines and grades as established by the
Engineer.
When the asphaltic mixture is placed in a narrow strip long
the edge of an existing pavement, or used to level up small
areas of an existing pavement or placed in small irregular
areas where the use of a finishing machine is not
practical, the finishing machine may be eliminated when
authorized by the Engineer, provided a satisfactory surface
can be obtained by other approved methods.
Adjacent to flush curbs, gutters, liners and structures,
the surface shall be finished uniformly high so that when
compacted it will be slightly above the edge of the curb
and flush structure.
All joints shall present the same texture density, and
smoothness as other sections of the course. The joints
between old and new pavements or between successive day's
work shall be carefully made to insure a continuous bond
between old and new sections of the course.
The transverse edges of old pavement and, if required by
the Engineer, the successive days pavement shall be sawed
with an approved concrete saw to expose an even vertical
surface for the full thickness of the course. All contact
surfaces of previously constructed pavement shall be
painted with a thin uniform coat of hot bituminous material
before the fresh mixture is placed.
V-39
H. Compaction
As directed by the Engineer, the pavement shall be
compacted thoroughly and uniformly to the required density.
The specified rollers shall be used, except as provided in
paragraph (3) below.
Rolling with the three wheel and tandem rollers shall start
longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center
of the pavement, overlapping on successive trips by at
least half the width of the rear wheels unless otherwise
directed by the Engineer. Alternate trips of the roller
shall be slightly different in length. On super -elevated
curves, rolling shall begin at the low side and progress
toward the high side unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer. 'Rolling with pneumatic roller shall be done as
directed by the Engineer. Rolling shall be continued until
required compaction is obtained and all roller marks are
eliminated. One tandem roller, two pneumatic rollers and
at least one three wheel roller, as specified above, shall
be provided for each job. Additional rollers shall be
provided if needed.The motion of the roller shall be slow
enough at all times to avoid displacement of the mixture.
If any displacement occurs,it shall be corrected at once by
the use of rakes and of fresh mixture where required. The
roller shall not be allowed to stand on pavement which has
not been fully compacted. To prevent adhesion of the
surface to the roller, the wheels shall be kept thoroughly
moistened with water, but an excess of water will not be
permitted. All rollers must be in good mechanical
condition. Necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent
the droppings of gasoline, oil, grease or other foreign
matter on the pavement, either when the rollers are in
operation or when standing.
When indicated on the plans or permitted by the Engineer in
writing, the pavement may be compacted to the required
density by the use of compacting equipment other than that
specified herein.
Hand tamping. The edges of the pavement along curbs,
headers and similar structures, and all places not
accessible to the roller, or in such positions as will not
allow thorough compaction with the roller, shall be
thoroughly compactedwithlightly oiled tamps.
Rolling with the trench type roller will be required on
widening areas in trenches and other limited areas where
satisfactory compaction cannot be obtained with the three
wheel and tandem rollers.
V-40
PW
I. Surface Tests
The surface of the pavement, after compaction , shall be
smooth and true to the established line, grade and cross
section, and when tested with a 10 foot straight edge
placed parallel to the centerline of the roadway or tested
by other equivalent and acceptable means, except as
provided herein, the maximum deviation shall not exceed 1/8
inch in 10 feet, and any point in the surface: not meeting
this requirement shall be corrected as directed by the
Engineer. When placed on existing surfaces, the 1/8 inch
deviation in 10 feet requirement may be waived by the
Engineer.
J. Surface Density Test
See Section IV, Item 10-D. Laboratory Control.
K. Eau pment
Spreading and Finishing Machine. The spreading and
finishing machine shall be of a''type approved by the
Engineer, shall be capable of producing a surface that will
meet the requirements of the typical cross section and the
surface test, when required, and shall have adequate power
to propel the delivery vehicle in a satisfactory manner
when the mixture is dumped into the finishing machine. The
finishing machine shall be equipped with a flexible spring
and/or hydraulic type hitch sufficient in design and
capacity to maintain contact between the rear wheels of the
hauling equipment and the pusher rollers of the finishing
machine while the mixture is being unloaded. The finishing
machine shall be operated in a low gear, or as directed by
the Engineer, at a speed to produce a surface that will
meet the requirements of the typical cross section and
surface test.
Any vehicle which the finishing machine cannot push or
propel in such a manner as to obtain the desired lines and
grade without resorting to hand finishing will not be
allowed to dump directly into the finishing machine.
Vehicles dumping into the finishing machine shall be
mechanically and/or automatically operated in such a manner
that overloading the finishing machine being used cannot
occur and the required lines and grade will be obtained
without resorting to hand finishing.
Dumping of the asphaltic mixture in a windrow and then
placing the mixture in the finishing machine with loading
equipment will be approved by the Engineer, provided that
the loading equipment is constructed and operated in such a
manner that substantially all of the mixture deposited on
V-41
the roadbed is picked up and placed in the finishing
machine without contamination by foreign material of the
mixture, The loading equipment will be so designed and
operated that the finishing machine being loaded will
obtain the required line, grade and surface without
resorting to hand finishing. Any operation of the loading
equipment resulting in the accumulation and subsequent
shedding of this accumulated material into the asphaltic
mixture will not be permitted.
Forms. The use of forms will not be required except where
necessary to support the edges of the.pavement_during
rolling. If the pavement will stand rolling without undue
movement, binder twine or small rope may be used to align
the edges.
Motor Grader.'The motor grader, if used, shall be self-
propelled power motor grader; it shall be equipped with
pneumatic tired wheels; shall have a blade length of not
less than 12 feet; shall have a wheel base of not less than
16 feet ; and shall be tight and in good operating
condition and approved by the Engineer.
Pneumatic Tire Rollers. The pneumatic tire,roller shall be
an acceptable self-propelled roller mounted on pneumatic
tired wheels, with the weight capable of being varied
uniformly from 275 to 550 pounds per inch width of tire
tread, so constructed as to be capable of being operated in
both a forward and a reverse direction and shall have
suitable provision for moistening the surface of the tires
while operating. All tires of the same roller shall be
smooth tread of equal size and diameter and shall be
arranged in such a manner that thegapbetween the tires of
one axle will be covered by the tires of the other.
The tire pressure of each tire shall be adjusted as
directed by the Engineer and this pressure shall not vary
by more than 5 pounds per square inch.
Two Axle Tandem Roller. This roller shall be an acceptable
power driven tandem roller weighing not less than 8 tons.
Three Wheel Roller.
power driven three
tons
This roller shall be an acceptable
wheel roller weighing not less than 10
Trench Roller. This roller shall be an acceptable power
driven trench roller equipped with sprinkler for keeping
the wheels wet and adjustable road wheel so that the roller
may be kept level during rolling. The drive shall be not
less than 20 inches wide.The roller under working
conditions shall produce 325 pounds per linear inch of
V-42
,i
t roller width and be so geared that a speed of 1.8 miles per
hour is obtained in low gear.
Straightedges and Templates. When directed by the Engineer,
the Contractor shall provide acceptable 10 foot
straightedges for surface testing. Satisfactory templates
shall be provided as required by the Engineer.
All equipment shall be maintained in good repair and
operating condition and shall be approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall furnish such suitable machinery,
equipment, and construction forcesasmay be necessary, in
the opinion of the Engineer, for the proper prosecution of
the work, and failure to do so may cause the Engineer to
withhold all estimates which have or may become due or the
Engineer may suspend work until his requests are complied
with.
L. Opening to Traffic
The pavement shall be opened to traffic when directed by
the Engineer. All construction traffic allowed on the
pavement shall comply with City Ordinance governing traffic
on City Streets.
If the surface ravels,corrugates or shoves, it will be the
I contractor's responsibility to correct this condition at
his expense.
5. Cleanup
Within three days after completion of any Sub -Unit of paving
the Contractor shall clean, remove rubbish and temporary
structures from the street, restore in an acceptable manner
all property, both public and private, which has been damaged
during the prosecution of the work, and leave the site of the
I„ work in a neat and presentable condition throughout. The cost
of the "cleanup" shall be included as a part of the cost of
,.� the various items of work involved, and no direct compensation
4 will be made for this work. This work shall be done before
final acceptance of the Sub -Unit will be considered.
The cleanup shall include the sloping, filling and shaping of
t... the area between the curb and property line. This area shall
be filled with good top soil. When the ground behind the curb
�- is higher than the top of the curb, the Contractor will be
required to cut this area down to provide a smooth, even slope
between the property line and the curb.
V-43
6. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
A. Adiustment of Valves and Manholes
The City Forces will place valve boxes and manholes on
finished grade after the base has been finished to grade.
The Contractor shall allow the City Forces at least 3 days
to do this work after finishing the base and before
application of asphalt. It shall be the responsibility of
the Contractor to notify the Water and Sewer Department 48
hours after curb and gutter has been completed so that the
City -Forces can properly schedule their work. In all alleys
the City Forces willsetthe valve boxes and manholes to
grade after the forms are in place. Any variationin this
procedure that causes expense to the City shall have the
approval of the Engineer, and such expense shall be borne
by the Contractor.
B. Installation. Adjustments, and Protection of Utilities
and Traffic Installations
The plans show only approximate locations of utilities as
obtained from the various utility companies and shall not
relieve the Contractor from familiarizing himself with all
underground utilities. It is not implied that all existing
utilities are shown on the plans. The City of Lubbock does
not assume any responsibility for any utility lines which
are not shown on the plans.
The utility companies will attempt to move all utilities
that can be reasonably removed prior to beginning of
construction; however, this does not relieve the Contractor
from any damage that he might do to any utility property.
In case of any damage, the Contractor shall immediately
notify the utility company.
City Water and Sewer 767-2595
Lubbock Power and Light 767-2554
City Traffic Shop 767-2140, 767-2144.
Energas Traffic Shop 741-4200
Southwestern Public Service 763-2881
Southwestern Bell Telephone 741-6101
Cox Cable of Lubbock 793-2222
City Traffic Engineering 767-2132
V-44
i'
Sequence: The sequence of utility adjustments has been
mutually agreed upon by the utility companies in the City
r+ of Lubbock and will attempt to follow the following
l schedule:
Plans for contract project will be delivered to all utility
companies two weeks prior to opening bids. As a general
rule, these projects will have been staked.
The utility companies will relocate all items necessary,
locate and flag all meters, valves, manholes, underground
cables, etc., prior to the date the Contractor is to begin
... construction.
After the subgrade is completed on alley paving projects,
and after the base is completed on all street paving
projects, all manholes, valve boxes , etc., will be set to
finished grade by the utility companies. The site shall be
left in a clean condition.
On all projects, including private contracts, the
Contractor shall exercise care not to damage any sanitary
sewer pipe or manholes, storm sewer pipe or manholes, or
telephone cable or manholes, water or gas lines, valve
boxes , meter boxes, nor any other pipe or utility. If
necessary, the Contractor shall call the department or
company concerned and make arrangements for adjusting the
manhole, valve box, meter box,or other utility to grade. On
all projects for which he is awarded a contract, the
Contractor will be responsible during the construction
period for any damages to manholes, valve boxes, meter
boxes, and other utilities.
Should any item be damaged during the process of
construction, the Contractor is to notify the, affected
utility company and the City inspector. The utility company
will immediately repair the damaged item. Any bills for
damage will be sent through the Department of Engineering.
The Department of Engineering will process all bills and
fix responsibility for damage and govern the extent of
repair.
Private contracts do not have plans, but utility companies
will be furnished cut sheets and notified of impending
construction by letter. Other items such as adjustments,
damages, etc. will be handled the same as for bid let
projects.
The utility companies will schedule their work with the
Contractor. When utility adjustments commence before the
contract is awarded, it will be the responsibility of the
utility company to barricade the project.
V-45
Unless otherwise agreed upon by the City and the utility
companies involved, the sequence of installation of
underground utilities shall be as follows:
utility
Sewer
Electric (Primary)
Electric ;(Secondary)
Telephone
T.V. Cable
Sequence
First
Second
Third
Fourth (last if no power or
T.V.)
Fifth
Water Sixth -
Gas Seventh
Traffic Engineering Eighth
On all projects, including private contracts, the
Contractor shall not place curb and gutter or base material
at points where underground utilities cross or propose to
cross until such utilities havecbeen adjusted or installed.
7. SALVAGING AND REPLACING BASE,
A. Description
"Salvaging and Replacing Base" shall consist of removing
the existing base material where shown on plans, such
temporary storage as is necessary, and the replacement of
this material on the prepared roadbed as herein specified
and in conformity with the typical sections shown on plans
and to the lines and grades as established by the engineer.
B. Construction Methods
(1) Salvaging Existing Base
The existing base, including any bituminous mat not
shown on plans to be salvaged, shall first be cleaned
of all dirt or other objectionable material by blading,
brooming or other approved methods, then scarified to
the width and depth as may be required to provide the
estimated amount of salvaged material per station as
shown on the plans. Subgrade shall be reworked, if
necessary, as directed by the Engineer. Any bituminous
mat encountered shall be broken into particles not more
V-46
(2) Preparation of Subgrade
Preparation of subgrade shall be in accordance with
Section V, Item 2 Earth Work of these specifications.
(3) Replacement of Salvage Material
The salvage material shall be in accordance with
Section V, Item 2 Earth Work of these specifications.
8. Salvaging and Stockpiling Base Material
A. Description
This item shall consist of salvaging base material from
places shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer
and of stockpiling that material where shown on the plans
or directed by the Engineer.
B. Construction Methods
Trash, wood, brush, stumps and other objectionable material
at the storage site shall be removed and disposed of as
directed by the Engineer prior to the beginning of work
required by this item. The base material, including any
asphalt mat, which may not be shown on the plans, shall be
cleaned of all dirt or other objectionable material.
Asphaltic materials shall be broken into pieces not more
than two inches in size and incorporated uniformly with the
salvaged base material. Material to be salvaged shall be
worked into stockpiles or windows and loaded by approved
equipment into approved equipment for hauling to the
stockpile site. It shall be the responsibility of the
V-47
than two inches in size, and incorporated uniformly
with the existing base. The material thus salvaged
shall be placed in stockpiles or windrows until
sufficient subgrade has been prepared to receive the
salvaged material; then, if the Contractor so elects,
the remaining old base material as salvaged may be
placed directly upon the prepared subgrade as directed
by the Engineer, thus eliminating the necessity of
stockpiling. It shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor that all the available material shall be
C
salvaged and replaced and shall be kept reasonably free
of soil from the subgrade or roadbed during the
salvaging and replacing operations. When material is
windrowed or stockpiled, it shall be so placed not to
interfere with traffic, proper drainage or the general
progress of the work.
(2) Preparation of Subgrade
Preparation of subgrade shall be in accordance with
Section V, Item 2 Earth Work of these specifications.
(3) Replacement of Salvage Material
The salvage material shall be in accordance with
Section V, Item 2 Earth Work of these specifications.
8. Salvaging and Stockpiling Base Material
A. Description
This item shall consist of salvaging base material from
places shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer
and of stockpiling that material where shown on the plans
or directed by the Engineer.
B. Construction Methods
Trash, wood, brush, stumps and other objectionable material
at the storage site shall be removed and disposed of as
directed by the Engineer prior to the beginning of work
required by this item. The base material, including any
asphalt mat, which may not be shown on the plans, shall be
cleaned of all dirt or other objectionable material.
Asphaltic materials shall be broken into pieces not more
than two inches in size and incorporated uniformly with the
salvaged base material. Material to be salvaged shall be
worked into stockpiles or windows and loaded by approved
equipment into approved equipment for hauling to the
stockpile site. It shall be the responsibility of the
V-47
Contractor that all the available material shall be
salvaged and kept reasonably free of soil from subgrade or
road bed during the salvaging operations. The operation
shall be conducted in such manner as not to interfere with
traffic, drainage or the general requirements of the work.
After the material is deposited in the stockpile area, it
shall be worked into a neat compact stockpile.
9. SEALING AND TWO -COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT
A. PREPARATION OF SURFACE
Before the sealing operation is started the Contractor will
be recruired to patch all areas that have failed or raveled
as marked by the Engineer. The City of Lubbock Street
Department will sweep the streets before the sealing and
two -course operation is started. Asphalt shall not be
applied when general weather conditions, in the opinion of
the Engineer, are not suitable.
B. HANDLING AND APPLYING ASPHALT
All storage tanks, piping, retorts, booster tanks and
distributors used in storing or handling asphalt shall be
kept clean and in good operating condition at all times,
and they shall be operated in a manner that there will be
no contamination of the asphalt with foreign material.
Asphalt is not to be heated above 4000 F at any time,, and
when applied, it shall be at a temperature which will
insure a Furol Viscosity of between 50 and 60 at the time
of application. The Engineer will select the temperature of
application, and the Contractor shall apply the asphalt at
a temperature within 15 degrees of the temperature
selected. All asphalt material heated above 4000 F will be
rejected. Recirculating tank car heating equipment shall be
equipped with an approved type recording thermometer.
Asphalt shall be 'applied to the clean surface by an
approved type of self propelled hydro -statically controlled
pressure distributor so operated as to distribute the
material in the quantity specified, evenly and smoothly,
under pressure necessary for proper distribution., The
Contractor shall provide all of the heating equipment and
in the distributor, for determining the rate at which it is
applied, and for securing uniformity at the junction of the
distributor loads. The beginning and ending of each shot of
asphalt shall start and stop on a strip of heavy kraft
paper of not less than thirty inchesinwidth. Asphalt for
pre -coated seal coat and two -course application shall not
be applied unless covering with aggregate is assured within
ten (10) minutes No asphalt shall be applied when wind
V-48
r
velocity is 25 M.P.H. or more. Asphalt shall not be
applied if the ambient temperature is below 6500 Any block
or blocks that receives a seal coat or two -course asphalt
application that exceeds the rate set by the Engineer by
.04 or more will not be accepted until the bleeding is
stopped. The Contractor will be required at his expense to
furnish extra rock and equipment necessary to control this
bleeding. After the bleeding is stopped, the City will then
assume the maintenance of the block or blocks that were
shot heavy.
Application of asphalt on street returns shall be
accomplished by the distributor bars unless otherwise
directed by the Engineer. In areas regarded by the Engineer
as inaccessible to the distributor, use of the hand hose
will be permitted, as directed by the Engineer. Care shall
be taken during application of any asphalt to shield the
curb and gutter from asphalt spray. Manholes and valve
boxes will be covered before each application of asphalt
and immediately uncovered after the application of
aggregate and before rolling operations. Successive
applications of asphalt shall be made in the same manner
after application aggregate.
C. RATE OF APPLICATION OF MATERIALS
S.H.D. Gals Spread
Grade No. of Asphalt/S.Y. Rati
1. Seal Coat (Pre -coated crushed stone or pre -coated
ravel
#4 0.28 1:100
2. Two -Course P.B. Pre -coated crushed stone
or pre -coated gravel
(a) Thoroughfares
#2 Special 0.30 1:64
#4 0.38 1:94
(b) Collectors
#2 Special 0.30 1:64
#4 0.38 1:94
V-49
D. HANDLING AND APPLYING AGGREGATES
Immediately after making the first application of asphalt
over the full width of the street, the surface shall be
covered with aggregate, spread with an approved type self-
propelled aggregate spreader on which the rate of
application.of rock and the speed of travel may be
controlled by the operator. Applications shall be at the
rates herein specified or at rates as directed by the
Engineer. After the aggregate has been spread, it shall be
bladed with an approved blade grader and "bullwheeled" with
an approved three -wheeled roller weighing not less than ten
(10) tons. If necessary to obtain a uniform distribution of
aggregate or to fill low areas, hand spotting and hand
brooming of the aggregate shall be required. Care shall be
taken in dip sections to maintain an accurate flow line.
Considerable hand work may be required at intersections and
at joints in order to maintain a uniform distribution of
the aggregate, to prevent the incorporation of foreign
materials such as caliche and dirt, and to construct smooth
joints.
After the first and second application of aggregate on the
two -course, it will be thoroughly rolled with pneumatic
rollers, bladed, dragged and all thin spots spotted with
extra aggregate, then bullwheeled with an approved three -
wheeled roller weighing not less than ten (10) tons.
Rolling shall be continued until the surface presents a
smooth appearance.
Gutter edges shall be cleansed of aggregate before such
application of asphalt and this aggregate will not be
"ridged" along the gutter edge but if placed back on the
surface area shall be well scattered. There should be a
slight excess of aggregate on the surface after completion
of the work specified above.
Care shall be taken in loading aggregate from the
stockpiles to prevent getting dirt and other foreign matter
into aggregates. Loads of aggregate containing dirt will be
rejected.
E. HANDLING ASPHALT AND AGGREGATE FOR NIGHT WORK
Application of asphalt and aggregate at night shall be
applied by the same methods as for daylight application
except that all equipment that is to be used on the street
after shall have sufficient lights in compliance with State
vehicle code. Additional lights will be required on the
back end of the asphalt distributor, the aggregate spreader
V-50
r
and at the aggregate stock pile area. (No night work will
be authorized unless approved by the Engineer
F. REQUIRED ROLLING (1 HOUR PER 1000 S.Y. OF SURFACE
SEALED)
The completed asphalt surface shall be broomed and rolled
with pneumatic rollers immediately after the asphalt is
covered with aggregate. The entire surface that is sealed
will receive on hour rolling for each 1000 S.Y. the same
day that the asphalt is applied no back rolling will be
permitted (unless a rain storm occurs during the day then
that surface may be rolled the next day). At least three
pneumatic rollers will roll directly behind the aggregate
spreader and drag broom, each roller making several
complete passes across the entire width of the street,
additional pneumatic rollers will follow approximately one
block behind the first three rollers of which each
additional roller will make several complete passes across
the entire width of the street until one hour of rolling
has been obtained for each 1000 S.Y. before moving on to
the next block. The City will assume maintenance on these
streets the following day after the rolling has been
completed.
G. PATCHING AHEAD OF SEAL OR TWO -COURSE MAINTENANCE
The black base and cement stabilized caliche material to be
used in patching ahead of the seal coat or two -course
maintenance shall be used at locations as directed by the
Engineer. No substitutions shall be permitted without prior
approval from the Engineer. The areas to be patched shall
be only as marked and measured by the Owners
Representative. The area to be patched shall be barricaded
at all times during patching operations. However, if the
Owners Representative permits the patched area to be
opened to traffic prior to placing the final hot -mix
surface, the Contractor shall taper the edges of the patch
with mix to minimize any bumps or inconvenience to traffic.
(1) PATCHING WITH BLACK BASE
Patching shall include removing the existing surfacing,
either three (3), six (6), or nine (9) inches of the
existing base and subgrade (as the Engineer directs),
and, if the sub -grade is unstable, it will be removed
and replaced with black base. The excavated base will
then be replaced with asphalt stabilized base material
( either three (3), six (6), or nine ( 9 ) inches), as
directed by the Engineer, and compacted to 95$ of
design density. The surface course, 1 1/211 of Type 'IC"
V-51
hot mix, shall then be placed and rolled until the
required density is obtained.
The edges of the patch shall be vertical and shall be
tacked before placing the black base and the 1-1/2
inches of type "C" hot -mix.
All hot -mix edges will meet the grade of the existing
surface.
(2) PATCHING WITH 6" OF THREE SACK CEMENT STABILIZED
CALICHE
Same as above except six (6) inches of three (3) sack
cement stabilized caliche will be used in lieu of six
(6) inches of black base.
At all times the patching area will be barricaded, if
open to traffic before the Type "C" mix is placed, the
edges of the patch will be leveled up with mix to
eliminate the bumps.
NOTE: Both black base and cement stabililzed caliche are
anticipated being used, with locations of each type
of material to be directed by the Engineer.
(3) PATCHING WITH 1-1/2" OF TYPE "C" HOT -MIX
Same as above (patching with black base) except only
the existing asphalt surface will be removed
H. CLEANUP
Immediately after each application of asphalt, the
Contractor shall clean, remove paper, piles of asphalt from
manholes and water valves, extra aggregate that is in the
gutter, rubbish and temporary structures from the street,
restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public
and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution
of the work, and leave the site of the work in a neat and
presentable condition throughout, The cost of the "cleanup"
shall be included as part of the cost of the various items
of work involved, and no direct compensation will be made
for this work. This work shall be done before final
acceptance.
V-52
SITE WORK MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
GENERAL
The unit price bid on each item, as stated in the proposals,
shall include furnishing all labor, superintendence,
machinery, equipment and materials, except materials
specifically specified to be furnished by the Owner, necessary
or incidental to complete the various items of work in
accordance with the plans and specifications. Cost of work or
materials shown on the plans or called for in the
specifications and on which no separate payment is made shall
be included in the bid prices on the various pay items.
1. 2. AND 3 ASPHALT APPLIED FOR SEALING AND TWO -COURSE
PURPOSES
Payment for this unit price bid shall be paid for actual
gallons used in the City's Maintenance Program. This unit
price shall be full compensation for furnishing, sweeping
and applying asphalt as described in Section IV and all
manipulations, labor, tools equipment and incidentals to
complete the work herein specified.
4 and 5 AGGREGATE FOR SEAL COAT AND TWO -COURSE (P.B. GRADE #2
SPECIAL AND #4 PRE -COATED CRUSHED STONE OR CRUSHED GRAVEL).
Payment of this unit price bid shall be made for actual
cubic yardage used in the process of sealing and two -
course. All pre -coated gravel or pre -coated crushed stone
shall have a maximum of fifteen percent (15t) loss when
tested by the (4) four cycle Magnesium Sulfate Soundness
Test (A.S.T.M. C-88). Precoated crushed gravel shall have
a minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained on the
No. 4 sieve with more than one crushed face, as determined
by Test Method Tex. 413-A. The percent of flat or
elongated slivers of stone or gravel, for any course,
shall not exceed 25t, when tested in accordance with Test
Method Tex 224-F. Final acceptance of the aaareaate shall
ckk. This payment being full compensation for
cing all materials including spreading,
ng with pneumatic roller and all
labor, tools, equipment and incidentals
completion of work as herein specified.
furnishing and pla
brooming and rolli
necessary clean-up
necessary for the
6. PATCHING WITH 3 INCHES OF BLACK BASE
Measurements shall be made of the actual area patched, and
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of
7.
patching. This unit price shall be full compensation for
removal of asphalt, caliche base and any subgrade that is
soft or unstable and including tack coat, 3" of black base
and 1-1/2" of type "C" Hot -Mix including removal, haul and
disposal of materials excavated, hauling, rolling, tamping
and placing 1-1/2" of Hot -Mix surface and all
manipulations,: labor, tools, equipment, traffic
provisions, barricades, flagmen and other incidentals
necessary to complete the work as herein specified.
PATCHING WITH 6 INCHES OF BLACK BASE
Measurements shall be made of the actual area patched, and
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of
patching. This unit price shall be full compensation for
removal of asphalt, caliche base and any subgrade that is
soft or unstable and including tack coat, 6" of black base
and 1-1/2" of type "C" Hot -Mix including removal, haul and
disposal of materials excavated, hauling, rolling, tamping
and placing 1-1/211 of Hot -Mix surface and all
manipulations, labor, tools, equipment, traffic_
provisions, barricades, flagmen and other incidentals
necessary to complete the work as herein specified.
8. PATCHING WITH 9 INCHES OF BLACK BASE
Measurements shall be made of the actual area patched, and
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of
patching. This unit price shall be full compensation for
removal of asphalt, caliche base and any..subgrade that is
soft or unstable and including tack coat, 911 of black base
and 1 1/2t1 of Type "C" of Hot Mix surface and all
manipulations, labor, tools, equipment, traffic
provisions, barricades,flagmen and other incidentals
necessary to complete the work as herein specified.
9. PATCHING WITH 6 INCHES OF 3 SACK CEMENT STABILIZED
CALICHE
Measurement shall be made of the actual area patched, and
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per cubic yard of
three sack cement stabilized caliche. This unit price
shall be full compensation for removal of asphalt, caliche
base and any sub -grade that is soft or unstable and
including tack coat, six (611) inches three (3) sack cement
stabilized caliche and 1-1/211 of Type "C" Hot -Mix,
including removal, haul disposal of materials excavated,
hauling, placing, rolling, tamping and placing 1-1/2" of
hot -mix surface and all manipulations, labor, tools,
equipment, traffic provisions, barricades, flagmen and
2
S
other incidentals necessary to complete the work as herein
specified.
10. PATCHING WITH 1-1/2 INCHES OF HOT -MIX
Measurement shall be made of the actual area and shall be
paid for at the unit price bid per square yard. This unit
price shall be full compensation for removal and disposal
of the existing surfaces (asphalt), all sawing, brooming,
blading, wetting, and rolling, loading, hauling and
wasting all excess excavated material, removing and
disposing of all obstructions noted on the plans or as
become necessary, prime coat and tack coat, and for the
furnishing and placing one and one-half inches (1-1/211) of
Type "C" hot -mix, including freight, preparing, hauling
and placing all materials, and all manipulations, labor,
tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete
the work as herein specified.
11. CURB AND GUTTER
Measurements shall be made of the actual linear feet
removed and replaced, and shall be paid for at the unit
price per linear foot. This unit price shall be full
compensation for removal and disposal of the existing curb
and gutter, for preparation of the subgrade, and for
construction of the new 30" curb and gutter; including all
manipulations, labor, tools, equipment, hauling, placing
all materials, expansion joint material, curing compound,
concrete additives, and incidentals necessary to complete
the work as herein specified.
12. VALLEY GUTTER
Measurements shall be made of the actual area removed and
replaced, and shall be paid for at the unit price per
square yard. This unit price shall be full compensation
for removal and disposal of existing materials,
preparation of the subgrade, and for construction of the
new reinforced 8" valley gutter; including all
manipulations, labor, tools, equipment, hauling, placing
all materials, joint material, curing compound, concrete
additives, reinforcing materials, and incidentals
necessary to complete the work as herein specified.
13. 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY ADJUSTMENT
Measurements shall be made of the actual area removed and
replaced, and shall be paid for at the unit price per
square yard. This unit price shall be full compensation
for the removal and disposal of existing materials,
3
preparation of the subgrade, and for construction of the
new sidewalk/driveway; including all manipulations, labor,
tools, equipment, hauling, placing all materials, joint
material, curing compound, concrete additives, reinforcing
materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work
as herein specified.
4
If�
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
i'. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. CHANGES IN THE WORK
The Local Public Agency may make changes in the scope of the
work required to be performed by the Contractor under the
Contract or making additions thereto, or by omitting work
therefrom, without involving the Contract, and without
relieving or releasing the Contractor from any of his
obligations under the contract or any guarantee given by him
pursuant to the Contract provisions, and without affecting
the validity of the guaranty bonds, and without relieving or
releasing the surety or sureties of said bonds. All such work
shall be executed under the terms of the original Contract
unless it is expressly provided otherwise
Except for the purpose of affording protection against any
emergency endangering health, life, limb or property, the
Contractor shall make no change in the materials used or in
the specified manner of constructing and/or installing the
improvements or supply additional labor, services or
materials beyond that actually required for the: execution of
the contract, unless in pursuance of a written order from the
local Public Agency authorizing the Contractor to proceed
with the change. No claim for an adjustment of the contract
price will be valid unless so ordered.
If applicable unit prices are contained in the agreement
(established as a result of either a unit price bid or a
Supplement Schedule of Unit Prices) the Local Public Agency may
order the Contractor to proceed with desired changes in the work,
the value of such changes to be determined by the measured
quantities involved and the applicable unit prices specified in
the contract; provided that in case of a unit price: contract the
net value of all changes does not increase or decrease the
original total amount shown in the Agreement by more than twenty-
five (25%) percent.
2.
The Superintendent and/or his assistants will not be allowed
to serve two functions simultaneously, such operating
machinery and acting as Superintendent at the same time. The
Superintendent must be free of individual responsibilities to
enable him to give the entire project his constant attention
111 to facilitate the progress thereof.
r
3. PROSECUTION OF WORK
The Contractor may proceed with subgrade preparation of
earthwork on any schedule that he may select and on any
location in the contract unless hindered by factors beyond
his control. Not more than three (3) calendar days shall
elapse between the time subgrade preparation is begun and the
time of spreading and compaction of the caliche base.
During the construction the Contractor is to close to traffic
streets as directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor will, before starting any work on any street,
erect barricades and signs, or provide sufficient flagmen to
give notice to vehicular traffic, also two special trailer
mounted signs and arrows flash left, right or both at the
same time at least 25 times per minute, see detail 2-S-126
and Section 6E-7 of the traffic control manual.
During the period the Contractor is directing traffic over
the base, the surface shall be satisfactorily maintained by
the use of sprinkling and blading as required so that no
hazard will result. The base course shall be maintained until
the wearing surface if placed thereon.
At no time during the period of construction shall driveways
and/or alleys be left impassable between the night hours of 6
P.M. to 6 A.M. except during the construction of the curb and
gutter for which the driveways and/or alleys shall remain
closed not more than 4 days including 72 hours for curing.
The Contractor will be required to place and level the
caliche as each block is subgraded and in no case shall the
caliche be permitted to remain as dumped overnight.
The Contractor will, during the progress of the work, erect
and maintain for twenty-four hours a day such barricades and
warnings necessary to give notice to vehicular and pedestrian
traffic of any and all obstructions and insofar as possible
keep the streets and/or alleys on which work is being done in
a passable condition. During the time that the curb and
gutter is being poured and cured and until the caliche is
leveled, the Contractor shall have flares and warning signs
placed at each end of the block. When the subgrade excavation
causes an abrupt drop in the driving portion of the street
the Contractor shall level the drop by dumping a sufficient
amount of approved caliche on the subgrade. During the time
the concrete is curing in the alleys and until it can be
opened to traffic, the Contractor shall maintain warning
signs on barricades with flares at each end of the block
until this alley can be opened to traffic.
III -2
r
The flagmen will be required to wear vests and use the type
of flag as shown on flagging detail sheet in specifications.
Immediately after each applications of asphalt, re-
construction or black base construction the Contractor shall
clean, remove paper, surplus aggregate or paving materials
from gutters, rubbish and temporary structures from the
street, restore in an acceptable manner all property, both
public and private which has been damaged during the
prosecution of the work, and leave the site of the work in a
neat and presentable condition throughout. The cost of the
"cleanup" shall be included as part of the cost of the
various items of the work involved, and no direct
compensation will be made for this work.
The Contractor should familiarize himself with the Texas
Manual on UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES for Streets and
Highways. Part VI, published August 31, 1979.
4. BARRICADES AND DANGER, WARNING AND DETOUR SIGNS AND
TRAFFIC HANDLING
!^ The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for
providing, installing, moving, replacing, maintaining,
cleaning and removing upon completion of work, all
III -3
f
All equipment working on the streets will at all times have
at least two (2) red, orange or fluorescent red -orange flags
�..
at least 16" x 16" in size. These flags shall be mounted high
enough on the equipment so that they will be visible to all
traffic meeting or passing the equipment.
r
Before work is started on any street it will be! the
responsibility of the Contractor to notify each property
owner that has a car or cars parked in their driveways or
!^
garages so that each owner might have the opportunity to move
their cars.
The Contractor shall schedule his work on major thoroughfares
I'
and collectors at least 5 days in advance, in order that
businesses may have time to adjust their plans. On all
thoroughfares and collectors, the Contractor and the City's
Representatives will work with each of the businesses,
hospitals, schools, etc., so that only part of the driveways
into their parking lots will be closed. At no time will any
parking lot be completely closed, without prior approval from
4
the Owner's Representative, unless the work is being
accomplished at night and the businesses are closed. The
Contractor shall be responsible for notifying affected
businesses of the proposed work and the projected schedule
for completion of this work.
Immediately after each applications of asphalt, re-
construction or black base construction the Contractor shall
clean, remove paper, surplus aggregate or paving materials
from gutters, rubbish and temporary structures from the
street, restore in an acceptable manner all property, both
public and private which has been damaged during the
prosecution of the work, and leave the site of the work in a
neat and presentable condition throughout. The cost of the
"cleanup" shall be included as part of the cost of the
various items of the work involved, and no direct
compensation will be made for this work.
The Contractor should familiarize himself with the Texas
Manual on UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES for Streets and
Highways. Part VI, published August 31, 1979.
4. BARRICADES AND DANGER, WARNING AND DETOUR SIGNS AND
TRAFFIC HANDLING
!^ The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for
providing, installing, moving, replacing, maintaining,
cleaning and removing upon completion of work, all
III -3
f
barricades, warning signs, barriers, cones, lights, signals
and other such type devices for handling traffic control as
indicated in the plans or as directed by the Engineer. All
barricades, warning signs, barriers, cones,lights,signals and
other such type devices shall conform to details shown on the
plans and as indicated in the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices.
The Contractor may provide special signs not covered by plans
to protect the traveling public against special conditions or
hazards, provided however, that such signs are first approved
by the Engineer.
Upon completion of the work, all barricades, warning signs,
barriers, cones, lights, signals and other such type devices
and evident thereof shall be removed by the Contractor.
5. MAINTENANCE OF DETOURS
The Contractor shall do such work as may be necessary to
maintain detours and facilities for safe public travel in
accordance with the Traffic Control Plan and these
specifications. There shall be maintained in passable
condition, such temporary roads and structures as may be
necessary to accommodate public travel. Temporary approaches
and crossings of.intersecting highways shall be provided and
maintained in a safe and passable condition by the Contractor
at his entire expense.
6. PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE
Ingress and egress to private property shall be provided as
specified in the plans or as directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall plan and execute his operations in a
manner that will cause the minimum interference with traffic.
The Contractor shall secure the Engineer's approval of his
proposed plan of operation. Sequence of work and methods of
providing for the safe passage of traffic before it is placed
into operation. If at any time during construction the
approved plan does not accomplish the intended purpose, due
to weather or other conditions affecting the safe handling of
traffic, the Contractor shall immediately make necessary
changes therein to correct the unsatisfactory conditions.
At night or otherwise, all equipment not in use shall be
stored in such a manner and at such locations as not to
interfere with the safe passage of traffic. The Contractor
shall provide and maintain flaggers at such points an for
such periods of time as may be required to provide for the
safety and convenience of public travel and Contractor's
III -4
7
'f personnel, and as directed by the Engineer. Flaggers shall be
English speaking, courteous, well informed, physically and
r.. mentally able to effectually perform their duties in
safeguarding and directing traffic and protecting the work,
and shall be neatly attired and groomed at all times when on
duty. When directing traffic, flaggers shall use standard
attire, flags and signals and follow the flagging procedures
set forth in the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices for Streets and Highways.
7. WATER
Water for this project will be furnished by the City of
Lubbock at fire hydrants designated by the Contractor for
which there will be no charge. The Contractor will be
furnished loading racks by the City Water and Street
Superintendent at no charge for the first rack but for each
additional rack there will be a charge of ten dollars. The
Contractor will also be charged ten dollars for each move of
each loading rack after the first set-up. The loading rack
will be equipped with a valve which will be pad -locked at all
times except when the Contractors truck is loading. The
valve on the loading rack shall be used by the Contractor and
at no time will the Contractor use the fire hydrant valve.The
padlock on the rack valve shall be furnished by the
Contractor. The Contractor shall not use any fire hydrants
for water loading unless there is an authorized rack on the
fire hydrant. The Contractor will not be allowed to use water
from authorized loading racks except on City approved
projects. water, which is supplied by the City, is intended
for use in compacting subgrade and base and maintaining dust
control. It is not the intention of the City to furnish water
for use in mixing concrete.
8. RESTRICTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION
A. The Contractor will need special permission to
be permitted to work on weekends or legal
holidays and shall do no work on any contract
item before daylight or later than one hour
after sundown, except as directed and approved by
the Engineer. No work will be allowed between November
1 and January 2, unless approved by the Engineer.
B. A 1:2 dilute emulsion treatment at a rate of .10
gallon per square yard will be applied to the
A.C. surface within ten days of the placement of
the A.C. surface.
III -5
C. TEMPERATURE REQUIREMENTS (The temperature readings
to be used will be as reported by the National Weather
Service on an hourly report [Telephone Number 762-0141)).
(1) HMAC - November 1 until April 1
a. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed
with the air temperature is below 550F.
and falling.
b. The asphaltic mixture may be placed when
the air temperature is above 50OF and
rising.
(2) HMAC - April 1 until November 1
a. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed
with the air temperature is below 500F.
and falling.
b. The asphaltic mixture may be placed when
the air temperature is above 450F. and
rising.
(3) Asphalt Stabilized Base
a. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed
when the air temperature is below 45oF and
falling.
b. The asphaltic mixture may be placed when
the air temperature is above 40OF and
rising.
The Engineer may use his discretion to require
a cover over the asphaltic mixture when hauled
from the plant to the job site.
D. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the minimum
temperature of asphaltic materials immediately after
placement by the laydown machine will be 300OF for
HMAC and 275OF for asphalt stabilized base.
E. Standby rollers shall be located at the job site
for immediate use if needed.
F. Proof rolling will be required on subgrade,
caliche base, black base, embankment or surface.
After rain showers if deemed necessary by the
Engineer each item that was approved will be re -
rolled. The proof rolling will be performed
III -6
V I
with six passes
propelled 25 ton
�.. certified weight
i
over the area using a self -
pneumatic roller with
certificate.
G. Preliminary approval, by the Engineer, of
aggregate at the pit and crusher location shall
be required, prior to delivery to local stockpiles.
Final approval of the stockpile material will be
required by the Engineer, after which no additional
aggregate will be added to the approved stockpile prior to
the sealing operation.
H. During the period of re -construction and two
course construction the Contractor will not use
private driveways for turning or parking his
equipment. Any damage to sidewalks, driveways,
slabs or curb and gutter will be repaired at the
Contractors expense.
I. At no time during the reconstruction of streets
will the Contractor completely close any street to all
traffic without the Engineer's approval — On most
major thoroughfares only one-half will be
reworked at a time, and, on some narrow streets
the full width will be reworked. On the two -
course streets one-half will be closed and
the traffic will be detoured on the other side.
When business are on one or both sides, shorter
shots will be made to cause less inconvenience
to the public & the businesses.
J. Before any portion of any street is closed to
traffic the Contractor will be required to have
sufficient equipment on the site to start the
reconstruction, and at no time will any section
of the closed area be left three (3) days
without some type of work being performed. If
there is a shortage of equipment to work on all
areas of the closed section then the Contractor
will be required to provide additional equipment
before the next area is closed. After the work
is started, no equipment will be removed from
this site to another. It is the intent of these
requirements to reconstruct and place the two -
course on the streets as listed in the
contract with the least inconvenience to the
property owners and the traveling public.
K. At no time during the construction, re -construction
or sealing and two -course maintenance will any equipment
be taken across any curb or gutter, valley gutter, alley
return, or sidewalk without first placing a dirt or
III -7
caliche fill, of at least one foot, above the existing
concrete. Any broken or damaged concrete (broken or
damaged by Contractor's equipment) will be removed and
replaced at the Contractor's expense.
9. REMOVING OBSTRUCTIONS
The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the existing
obstructions including sidewalks, trees, poles, etc., prior
to building. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to
remove these obstructions at the direction of the Engineer
except that the utility companies will move their equipment
at no cost to the Contractor. The Contractor will receive no
compensation for delay caused by the Utility Companies in
relocating or removing their equipment.
10. TEST OF MATERIALS
The City of Lubbock laboratory test results shall be the sole
consideration for approval of materials, mix designs,
adequacy of procedures, etc.. The results of such testing
shall be evaluated and final approval given by the Street
Superintendent.
A. CALICHE BASE MATERIALS
Before caliche materials can be used on any ;street,
current (not older than 30 days) test reports will
submitted to the Street Superintendent for approval.
Test reports will be required every 30 days as this
material is used on City Streets. During the
construction period, tests that fail will require
re -testing.
B. Asphalt Stabilized Base
The Contractor, or supplier of such materials, shall
submit to the City Materials Testing Lab, as soon as
possible after the Notice to Proceed is issued, a
sample for gradation testing and magnesium sulfate
testing. The gradation requirements shall meet those
established in Item 7-B(3) of Section 4 (p.8). The
maximum loss from Magnesium Sulfate testing, when
tested in accordance with ASTM C-88-76 (4 cycle),
shall not exceed fifteen (15) percent.
C. HOT MIX AND SEAL COAT AGGREGATE
The Contractor, or supplier of such materials, shall
submit to the City Materials Testing Lab, at least
III -8
k'I
til..
ninety (90) days prior to the beginning of the sealing
operations, samples of the various grades of aggregate
to be used in the reconstruction hot mix and the seal
f '
coat operations for gradation testing, crushed face
counts, Flakiness Index tests, and magnesium sulfate
tests. The gradation requirements shall meet those
t established in Texas Department of Highways and Public
Transportation (1982) Item 302.4. The crushed face
count, Flakiness Index, and Magnesium Sulfate require
ments shall meet those established in Section_ IV,
Item 10 A and Item 10 A (1) (pp 27-28) .
D. Cement
Certified mill tests on each car or transport.
D. Base Density Tests
The City of Lubbock Materials Testing Laboratory
will provide density tests on the caliche base and/
or black base.
NOTE: See Section IV -10-D (Laboratory
Control) for retesting material where
irregularities occur and the limits of' the
specifications are exceeded for aggregate,
r base materials, black base and hot -mix and
concrete construction.
11.
71
The Contractor shall not award any work to any subcontractor
without prior written approval of the Owner, which approval
will not be given until the Contractor submits to the Owner a
written statement concerning the proposed award to the
subcontractor, which statement shall contain such information
as the Owner may require.
The Contractor shall be as fully responsible to the Owner for
the acts and omissions of his subcontractors, and of persons
either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for
the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him.
The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be
inserted in all subcontracts relative to the work to bind
subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the General
Conditions and other contract documents insofar as applicable
to the work of subcontractors and to give the Contractor the
same power as regard terminating any subcontract that the
III -9
Owner may exercise over the Contractor under any provision of
the contract documents.
Nothing contained in this contract shall create any
contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner
and said subcontractor will look exclusively to contractor
for any payments due subcontractor.
12. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that
pipelines and otherundergroundinstallations as may be shown
of the plans have been taken from the best available
information. There may be other pipelines or installations.
The Contractor shall save harmless the City from any and all
suits or claims resulting from damage by his operations to
any pipeline or underground installation.
It is the Contractor's responsibility, during the period of
street construction, to insure that all utility cuts in the
limits of street construction have been properly backfilled,
compacted and the top 6" inches backfilled with 3 -sack
concrete. It is not the intent to require the Contractor to
provide for the utility cut repair but for the individual
utility company making the cut to provide their own repairs.
In the case of a City underground
Contractor may be required, at the
repair the cut with 3 -sack cement
unit price bid.
13. PARTIAL PAYMENTS
installation, the
Engineer's option, to
stabilized caliche at the
On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor
shall submit to Owner's,Representative,an application for
partial payment. Owner's Representative shall review said
application for partial payment and the.progress of the work
made by the Contractor and if found to be in order shall
prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as
completely as practical the total value of the work done by
the Contractor up to and including the last day of the
preceding month.
14. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT
Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision
in this contract shall relieve the_.Contractor of
responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and he
shall remedy and defects due thereto and pay for any damage
to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within
zzi-io
a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance of the
project. The Owner or the Owner's Representative shall give
notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
The Contractor must abide by the Wage and Hour Laws of the
State of Texas, or the U.S. Department of Labor, and must not
pay less than the rate legally prescribed or as set forth
herein, whichever is higher.
Payment for time worked over forty -hours per week shall be
made at one and one-half (1-1/2) times the above prevailing
rates. Payment for time worked on legal holidays shall be
paid at two (2) time the regular governing per diem wage
rates.
Any laborer, workman or mechanic required or permitted to
work in excess of eight (8) hours per calendar day, under the
emergency exceptions to House Bill No. 115 of the 44th
Legislature invoked by HCR No. 201 of the 47th Legislature
shall be paid on the basis of eight (8) hours constituting a
days work.
1
NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE
TO:
The City of Lubbock, having considered the proposals submitted and opened on the day of
199_, for work to be done and materials to be furnished in and for:
as set forth in detail in the Specifications, Plans, and Contract Documents for such work for the City of Lubbock; it appearing that
your proposal is fair, equitable and to the best interest of said City, please take notice that said proposal was accepted by the City
Council of the City of Lubbock on the day of 199_ at the bid price contained therein, subject to the
execution of and furnishing of all contract documents, bonds, certificates of insurance, and all other documents specified and
required to be executed and furnished under the contract documents. It will be necessary for you to execute and furnish to the City of
Lubbock all such documents within ten (10) days from your receipt of this Notice.
The five percent (51/o) bid security, submitted with your proposal, will be returned upon the execution of such contract
documents and bonds within the above specified ten (10) day period. In the event you should fail to execute and furnish such
contract documents and bonds within the time limit specified, said bid security will be retained by the City of Lubbock.
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Owner's Representative
f'�